Commit graph

2422 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Robert Haas
3855968f32 Syntax support and documentation for event triggers.
They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a
follow-on commit.  But this gets the basic infrastructure in place,
including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT,
SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER;
pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated
initial feature set.

Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me.
Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set,
but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it
turns out.
2012-07-18 10:16:16 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
f34c68f096 Introduce timeout handling framework
Management of timeouts was getting a little cumbersome; what we
originally had was more than enough back when we were only concerned
about deadlocks and query cancel; however, when we added timeouts for
standby processes, the code got considerably messier.  Since there are
plans to add more complex timeouts, this seems a good time to introduce
a central timeout handling module.

External modules register their timeout handlers during process
initialization, and later enable and disable them as they see fit using
a simple API; timeout.c is in charge of keeping track of which timeouts
are in effect at any time, installing a common SIGALRM signal handler,
and calling setitimer() as appropriate to ensure timely firing of
external handlers.

timeout.c additionally supports pluggable modules to add their own
timeouts, though this capability isn't exercised anywhere yet.

Additionally, as of this commit, walsender processes are aware of
timeouts; we had a preexisting bug there that made those ignore SIGALRM,
thus being subject to unhandled deadlocks, particularly during the
authentication phase.  This has already been fixed in back branches in
commit 0bf8eb2a, which see for more details.

Main author: Zoltán Böszörményi
Some review and cleanup by Álvaro Herrera
Extensive reworking by Tom Lane
2012-07-16 22:55:33 -04:00
Tom Lane
84a42560c8 Add array_remove() and array_replace() functions.
These functions support removing or replacing array element value(s)
matching a given search value.  Although intended mainly to support a
future array-foreign-key feature, they seem useful in their own right.

Marco Nenciarini and Gabriele Bartolini, reviewed by Alex Hunsaker
2012-07-11 13:59:35 -04:00
Tom Lane
628cbb50ba Re-implement extraction of fixed prefixes from regular expressions.
To generate btree-indexable conditions from regex WHERE conditions (such as
WHERE indexed_col ~ '^foo'), we need to be able to identify any fixed
prefix that a regex might have; that is, find any string that must be a
prefix of all strings satisfying the regex.  We used to do that with
entirely ad-hoc code that looked at the source text of the regex.  It
didn't know very much about regex syntax, which mostly meant that it would
fail to identify some optimizable cases; but Viktor Rosenfeld reported that
it would produce actively wrong answers for quantified parenthesized
subexpressions, such as '^(foo)?bar'.  Rather than trying to extend the
ad-hoc code to cover this, let's get rid of it altogether in favor of
identifying prefixes by examining the compiled form of a regex.

To do this, I've added a new entry point "pg_regprefix" to the regex library;
hopefully it is defined in a sufficiently general fashion that it can remain
in the library when/if that code gets split out as a standalone project.

Since this bug has been there for a very long time, this fix needs to get
back-patched.  However it depends on some other recent commits (particularly
the addition of wchar-to-database-encoding conversion), so I'll commit this
separately and then go to work on back-porting the necessary fixes.
2012-07-10 14:54:37 -04:00
Tom Lane
00dac6000d Refactor pattern_fixed_prefix() to avoid dealing in incomplete patterns.
Previously, pattern_fixed_prefix() was defined to return whatever fixed
prefix it could extract from the pattern, plus the "rest" of the pattern.
That definition was sensible for LIKE patterns, but not so much for
regexes, where reconstituting a valid pattern minus the prefix could be
quite tricky (certainly the existing code wasn't doing that correctly).
Since the only thing that callers ever did with the "rest" of the pattern
was to pass it to like_selectivity() or regex_selectivity(), let's cut out
the middle-man and just have pattern_fixed_prefix's subroutines do this
directly.  Then pattern_fixed_prefix can return a simple selectivity
number, and the question of how to cope with partial patterns is removed
from its API specification.

While at it, adjust the API spec so that callers who don't actually care
about the pattern's selectivity (which is a lot of them) can pass NULL for
the selectivity pointer to skip doing the work of computing a selectivity
estimate.

This patch is only an API refactoring that doesn't actually change any
processing, other than allowing a little bit of useless work to be skipped.
However, it's necessary infrastructure for my upcoming fix to regex prefix
extraction, because after that change there won't be any simple way to
identify the "rest" of the regex, not even to the low level of fidelity
needed by regex_selectivity.  We can cope with that if regex_fixed_prefix
and regex_selectivity communicate directly, but not if we have to work
within the old API.  Hence, back-patch to all active branches.
2012-07-09 23:22:55 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
eeece9e609 Unify calling conventions for postgres/postmaster sub-main functions
There was a wild mix of calling conventions: Some were declared to
return void and didn't return, some returned an int exit code, some
claimed to return an exit code, which the callers checked, but
actually never returned, and so on.

Now all of these functions are declared to return void and decorated
with attribute noreturn and don't return.  That's easiest, and most
code already worked that way.
2012-06-25 21:30:12 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
b8b2e3b2de Replace int2/int4 in C code with int16/int32
The latter was already the dominant use, and it's preferable because
in C the convention is that intXX means XX bits.  Therefore, allowing
mixed use of int2, int4, int8, int16, int32 is obviously confusing.

Remove the typedefs for int2 and int4 for now.  They don't seem to be
widely used outside of the PostgreSQL source tree, and the few uses
can probably be cleaned up by the time this ships.
2012-06-25 01:51:46 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
eeb6f37d89 Add a small cache of locks owned by a resource owner in ResourceOwner.
This speeds up reassigning locks to the parent owner, when the transaction
holds a lot of locks, but only a few of them belong to the current resource
owner. This is particularly helps pg_dump when dumping a large number of
objects.

The cache can hold up to 15 locks in each resource owner. After that, the
cache is marked as overflowed, and we fall back to the old method of
scanning the whole local lock table. The tradeoff here is that the cache has
to be scanned whenever a lock is released, so if the cache is too large,
lock release becomes more expensive. 15 seems enough to cover pg_dump, and
doesn't have much impact on lock release.

Jeff Janes, reviewed by Amit Kapila and Heikki Linnakangas.
2012-06-21 15:30:26 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
15b1918e7d Improve reporting of permission errors for array types
Because permissions are assigned to element types, not array types,
complaining about permission denied on an array type would be
misleading to users.  So adjust the reporting to refer to the element
type instead.

In order not to duplicate the required logic in two dozen places,
refactor the permission denied reporting for types a bit.

pointed out by Yeb Havinga during the review of the type privilege
feature
2012-06-15 22:55:03 +03:00
Robert Haas
d2c86a1ccd Remove RELKIND_UNCATALOGED.
This may have been important at some point in the past, but it no
longer does anything useful.

Review by Tom Lane.
2012-06-14 09:47:30 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
927d61eeff Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3
commit-fest.
2012-06-10 15:20:04 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
8570114dc1 Make include files work without having to include other ones first 2012-06-10 12:46:14 +03:00
Robert Haas
0038110421 Avoid repeated CLOG access from heap_hot_search_buffer.
At the time we check whether the tuple is dead to all running
transactions, we've already verified that it isn't visible to our
scan, setting hint bits if appropriate.  So there's no need to
recheck CLOG for the all-dead test we do just a moment later.
So, add HeapTupleIsSurelyDead() to test the appropriate condition
under the assumption that all relevant hit bits are already set.

Review by Tom Lane.
2012-05-02 12:40:07 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
26471a51fc Mark ReThrowError() with attribute noreturn
All related functions were already so marked.
2012-04-30 20:23:41 +03:00
Robert Haas
4a2d7ad76f pg_size_pretty(numeric)
The output of the new pg_xlog_location_diff function is of type numeric,
since it could theoretically overflow an int8 due to signedness; this
provides a convenient way to format such values.

Fujii Masao, with some beautification by me.
2012-04-14 08:07:25 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
c0cc526e8b Rename bytea_agg to string_agg and add delimiter argument
Per mailing list discussion, we would like to keep the bytea functions
parallel to the text functions, so rename bytea_agg to string_agg,
which already exists for text.

Also, to satisfy the rule that we don't want aggregate functions of
the same name with a different number of arguments, add a delimiter
argument, just like string_agg for text already has.
2012-04-13 21:36:59 +03:00
Tom Lane
c7cea267de Replace empty locale name with implied value in CREATE DATABASE and initdb.
setlocale() accepts locale name "" as meaning "the locale specified by the
process's environment variables".  Historically we've accepted that for
Postgres' locale settings, too.  However, it's fairly unsafe to store an
empty string in a new database's pg_database.datcollate or datctype fields,
because then the interpretation could vary across postmaster restarts,
possibly resulting in index corruption and other unpleasantness.

Instead, we should expand "" to whatever it means at the moment of calling
CREATE DATABASE, which we can do by saving the value returned by
setlocale().

For consistency, make initdb set up the initial lc_xxx parameter values the
same way.  initdb was already doing the right thing for empty locale names,
but it did not replace non-empty names with setlocale results.  On a
platform where setlocale chooses to canonicalize the spellings of locale
names, this would result in annoying inconsistency.  (It seems that popular
implementations of setlocale don't do such canonicalization, which is a
pity, but the POSIX spec certainly allows it to be done.)  The same risk
of inconsistency leads me to not venture back-patching this, although it
could certainly be seen as a longstanding bug.

Per report from Jeff Davis, though this is not his proposed patch.
2012-03-25 21:47:22 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
eb990a2b9e Add const qualifier to tzn returned by timestamp2tm()
The tzn value might come from tm->tm_zone, which libc declares as
const, so it's prudent that the upper layers know about this as well.
2012-03-15 21:17:19 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
ad4fb0d0d2 Improve EncodeDateTime and EncodeTimeOnly APIs
Use an explicit argument to tell whether to include the time zone in
the output, rather than using some undocumented pointer magic.
2012-03-14 23:03:34 +02:00
Tom Lane
d4bf3c9c94 Expose an API for calculating catcache hash values.
Now that cache invalidation callbacks get only a hash value, and not a
tuple TID (per commits 632ae6829f and
b5282aa893), the only way they can restrict
what they invalidate is to know what the hash values mean.  setrefs.c was
doing this via a hard-wired assumption but that seems pretty grotty, and
it'll only get worse as more cases come up.  So let's expose a calculation
function that takes the same parameters as SearchSysCache.  Per complaint
from Marko Kreen.
2012-03-07 14:51:13 -05:00
Tom Lane
19dbc34631 Add a hook for processing messages due to be sent to the server log.
Use-cases for this include custom log filtering rules and custom log
message transmission mechanisms (for instance, lossy log message
collection, which has been discussed several times recently).

As is our common practice for hooks, there's no regression test nor
user-facing documentation for this, though the author did exhibit a
sample module using the hook.

Martin Pihlak, reviewed by Marti Raudsepp
2012-03-06 15:35:41 -05:00
Tom Lane
0e5e167aae Collect and use element-frequency statistics for arrays.
This patch improves selectivity estimation for the array <@, &&, and @>
(containment and overlaps) operators.  It enables collection of statistics
about individual array element values by ANALYZE, and introduces
operator-specific estimators that use these stats.  In addition,
ScalarArrayOpExpr constructs of the forms "const = ANY/ALL (array_column)"
and "const <> ANY/ALL (array_column)" are estimated by treating them as
variants of the containment operators.

Since we still collect scalar-style stats about the array values as a
whole, the pg_stats view is expanded to show both these stats and the
array-style stats in separate columns.  This creates an incompatible change
in how stats for tsvector columns are displayed in pg_stats: the stats
about lexemes are now displayed in the array-related columns instead of the
original scalar-related columns.

There are a few loose ends here, notably that it'd be nice to be able to
suppress either the scalar-style stats or the array-element stats for
columns for which they're not useful.  But the patch is in good enough
shape to commit for wider testing.

Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Noah Misch and Nathan Boley
2012-03-03 20:20:57 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
6688d2878e Add COLLATION FOR expression
reviewed by Jaime Casanova
2012-03-02 21:12:16 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
58e9f974dc Fix typo in comment
Haifeng Liu
2012-02-28 23:52:52 -03:00
Tom Lane
5c02a00d44 Move CRC tables to libpgport, and provide them in a separate include file.
This makes it much more convenient to build tools for Postgres that are
separately compiled and require a matching CRC implementation.

To prevent multiple copies of the CRC polynomial tables being introduced
into the postgres binaries, they are now included in the static library
libpgport that is mainly meant for replacement system functions.  That
seems like a bit of a kludge, but there's no better place.

This cleans up building of the tools pg_controldata and pg_resetxlog,
which previously had to build their own copies of pg_crc.o.

In the future, external programs that need access to the CRC tables can
include the tables directly from the new header file pg_crc_tables.h.

Daniel Farina, reviewed by Abhijit Menon-Sen and Tom Lane
2012-02-28 19:53:39 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
973e9fb294 Add const qualifiers where they are accidentally cast away
This only produces warnings under -Wcast-qual, but it's more correct
and consistent in any case.
2012-02-28 12:42:08 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
2f582f76b1 Improve pretty printing of viewdefs.
Some line feeds are added to target lists and from lists to make
them more readable. By default they wrap at 80 columns if possible,
but the wrap column is also selectable - if 0 it wraps after every
item.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada.
2012-02-19 11:43:46 -05:00
Tom Lane
4767bc8ff2 Improve statistics estimation to make some use of DISTINCT in sub-queries.
Formerly, we just punted when trying to estimate stats for variables coming
out of sub-queries using DISTINCT, on the grounds that whatever stats we
might have for underlying table columns would be inapplicable.  But if the
sub-query has only one DISTINCT column, we can consider its output variable
as being unique, which is useful information all by itself.  The scope of
this improvement is pretty narrow, but it costs nearly nothing, so we might
as well do it.  Per discussion with Andres Freund.

This patch differs from the draft I submitted yesterday in updating various
comments about vardata.isunique (to reflect its extended meaning) and in
tweaking the interaction with security_barrier views.  There does not seem
to be a reason why we can't use this sort of knowledge even when the
sub-query is such a view.
2012-02-16 17:34:00 -05:00
Tom Lane
4bfe68dfab Run a portal's cleanup hook immediately when pushing it to FAILED state.
This extends the changes of commit 6252c4f9e2
so that we run the cleanup hook earlier for failure cases as well as
success cases.  As before, the point is to avoid an assertion failure from
an Assert I added in commit a874fe7b4c, which
was meant to check that no user-written code can be called during portal
cleanup.  This fixes a case reported by Pavan Deolasee in which the Assert
could be triggered during backend exit (see the new regression test case),
and also prevents the possibility that the cleanup hook is run after
portions of the portal's state have already been recycled.  That doesn't
really matter in current usage, but it foreseeably could matter in the
future.

Back-patch to 9.1 where the Assert in question was added.
2012-02-15 16:19:01 -05:00
Robert Haas
cd30728fb2 Allow LEAKPROOF functions for better performance of security views.
We don't normally allow quals to be pushed down into a view created
with the security_barrier option, but functions without side effects
are an exception: they're OK.  This allows much better performance in
common cases, such as when using an equality operator (that might
even be indexable).

There is an outstanding issue here with the CREATE FUNCTION / ALTER
FUNCTION syntax: there's no way to use ALTER FUNCTION to unset the
leakproof flag.  But I'm committing this as-is so that it doesn't
have to be rebased again; we can fix up the grammar in a future
commit.

KaiGai Kohei, with some wordsmithing by me.
2012-02-13 22:21:14 -05:00
Robert Haas
c13897983a Add transform functions for various temporal typmod coercisions.
This enables ALTER TABLE to skip table and index rebuilds in some cases.

Noah Misch, with trivial changes by me.
2012-02-08 09:33:37 -05:00
Robert Haas
f7d7dade8a Add a transform function for varbit typmod coercisions.
This enables ALTER TABLE to skip table and index rebuilds when the
new type is unconstraint varbit, or when the allowable number of bits
is not decreasing.

Noah Misch, with review and a fix for an OID collision by me.
2012-02-07 12:42:50 -05:00
Robert Haas
3cc0800829 Add a transform function for numeric typmod coercisions.
This enables ALTER TABLE to skip table and index rebuilds when a column
is changed to an unconstrained numeric, or when the scale is unchanged
and the precision does not decrease.

Noah Misch, with a few stylistic changes and a fix for an OID
collision by me.
2012-02-07 12:08:26 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
39909d1d39 Add array_to_json and row_to_json functions.
Also move the escape_json function from explain.c to json.c where it
seems to belong.

Andrew Dunstan, Reviewd by Abhijit Menon-Sen.
2012-02-03 12:11:16 -05:00
Robert Haas
5384a73f98 Built-in JSON data type.
Like the XML data type, we simply store JSON data as text, after checking
that it is valid.  More complex operations such as canonicalization and
comparison may come later, but this is enough for not.

There are a few open issues here, such as whether we should attempt to
detect UTF-8 surrogate pairs represented as \uXXXX\uYYYY, but this gets
the basic framework in place.
2012-01-31 11:48:23 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
b376ec6fa5 Show default privileges in information schema
Hitherto, the information schema only showed explicitly granted
privileges that were visible in the *acl catalog columns.  If no
privileges had been granted, the implicit privileges were not shown.

To fix that, add an SQL-accessible version of the acldefault()
function, and use that inside the aclexplode() calls to substitute the
catalog-specific default privilege set for null values.

reviewed by Abhijit Menon-Sen
2012-01-27 21:58:51 +02:00
Robert Haas
cc53a1e7cc Add bitwise AND, OR, and NOT operators for macaddr data type.
Brendan Jurd, reviewed by Fujii Masao
2012-01-19 15:25:14 -05:00
Tom Lane
21b446dd09 Fix CLUSTER/VACUUM FULL for toast values owned by recently-updated rows.
In commit 7b0d0e9356, I made CLUSTER and
VACUUM FULL try to preserve toast value OIDs from the original toast table
to the new one.  However, if we have to copy both live and recently-dead
versions of a row that has a toasted column, those versions may well
reference the same toast value with the same OID.  The patch then led to
duplicate-key failures as we tried to insert the toast value twice with the
same OID.  (The previous behavior was not very desirable either, since it
would have silently inserted the same value twice with different OIDs.
That wastes space, but what's worse is that the toast values inserted for
already-dead heap rows would not be reclaimed by subsequent ordinary
VACUUMs, since they go into the new toast table marked live not deleted.)

To fix, check if the copied OID already exists in the new toast table, and
if so, assume that it stores the desired value.  This is reasonably safe
since the only case where we will copy an OID from a previous toast pointer
is when toast_insert_or_update was given that toast pointer and so we just
pulled the data from the old table; if we got two different values that way
then we have big problems anyway.  We do have to assume that no other
backend is inserting items into the new toast table concurrently, but
that's surely safe for CLUSTER and VACUUM FULL.

Per bug #6393 from Maxim Boguk.  Back-patch to 9.0, same as the previous
patch.
2012-01-12 16:40:14 -05:00
Robert Haas
1fc3d18faa Slightly reorganize struct SnapshotData.
This squeezes out a bunch of alignment padding, reducing the size
from 72 to 56 bytes on my machine.  At least in my testing, this
didn't produce any measurable performance improvement, but the space
savings seem like enough justification.

Andres Freund
2012-01-06 22:56:00 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
e126958c2e Update copyright notices for year 2012. 2012-01-01 18:01:58 -05:00
Robert Haas
d5448c7d31 Add bytea_agg, parallel to string_agg.
Pavel Stehule
2011-12-23 08:40:25 -05:00
Robert Haas
0e4611c023 Add a security_barrier option for views.
When a view is marked as a security barrier, it will not be pulled up
into the containing query, and no quals will be pushed down into it,
so that no function or operator chosen by the user can be applied to
rows not exposed by the view.  Views not configured with this
option cannot provide robust row-level security, but will perform far
better.

Patch by KaiGai Kohei; original problem report by Heikki Linnakangas
(in October 2009!).  Review (in earlier versions) by Noah Misch and
others.  Design advice by Tom Lane and myself.  Further review and
cleanup by me.
2011-12-22 16:16:31 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
729205571e Add support for privileges on types
This adds support for the more or less SQL-conforming USAGE privilege
on types and domains.  The intent is to be able restrict which users
can create dependencies on types, which restricts the way in which
owners can alter types.

reviewed by Yeb Havinga
2011-12-20 00:05:19 +02:00
Tom Lane
3695a55513 Replace simple constant pg_am.amcanreturn with an AM support function.
The need for this was debated when we put in the index-only-scan feature,
but at the time we had no near-term expectation of having AMs that could
support such scans for only some indexes; so we kept it simple.  However,
the SP-GiST AM forces the issue, so let's fix it.

This patch only installs the new API; no behavior actually changes.
2011-12-18 15:50:37 -05:00
Tom Lane
8daeb5ddd6 Add SP-GiST (space-partitioned GiST) index access method.
SP-GiST is comparable to GiST in flexibility, but supports non-balanced
partitioned search structures rather than balanced trees.  As described at
PGCon 2011, this new indexing structure can beat GiST in both index build
time and query speed for search problems that it is well matched to.

There are a number of areas that could still use improvement, but at this
point the code seems committable.

Teodor Sigaev and Oleg Bartunov, with considerable revisions by Tom Lane
2011-12-17 16:42:30 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
6d09b2105f include_if_exists facility for config file.
This works the same as include, except that an error is not thrown
if the file is missing. Instead the fact that it's missing is
logged.

Greg Smith, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2011-12-15 19:40:58 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8409b60476 Revert the behavior of inet/cidr functions to not unpack the arguments.
I forgot to change the functions to use the PG_GETARG_INET_PP() macro,
when I changed DatumGetInetP() to unpack the datum, like Datum*P macros
usually do. Also, I screwed up the definition of the PG_GETARG_INET_PP()
macro, and didn't notice because it wasn't used.

This fixes the memory leak when sorting inet values, as reported
by Jochen Erwied and debugged by Andres Freund. Backpatch to 8.3, like
the previous patch that broke it.
2011-12-12 10:10:53 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
16d8e594ac Remove spclocation field from pg_tablespace
Instead, add a function pg_tablespace_location(oid) used to return
the same information, and do this by reading the symbolic link.

Doing it this way makes it possible to relocate a tablespace when the
database is down by simply changing the symbolic link.
2011-12-07 10:37:33 +01:00
Tom Lane
c6e3ac11b6 Create a "sort support" interface API for faster sorting.
This patch creates an API whereby a btree index opclass can optionally
provide non-SQL-callable support functions for sorting.  In the initial
patch, we only use this to provide a directly-callable comparator function,
which can be invoked with a bit less overhead than the traditional
SQL-callable comparator.  While that should be of value in itself, the real
reason for doing this is to provide a datatype-extensible framework for
more aggressive optimizations, as in Peter Geoghegan's recent work.

Robert Haas and Tom Lane
2011-12-07 00:19:39 -05:00
Tom Lane
c66e4f138b Improve GiST range-contained-by searches by adding a flag for empty ranges.
In the original implementation, a range-contained-by search had to scan
the entire index because an empty range could be lurking anywhere.
Improve that by adding a flag to upper GiST entries that says whether the
represented subtree contains any empty ranges.

Also, make a simple mod to the penalty function to discourage empty ranges
from getting pushed into subtrees without any.  This needs more work, and
the picksplit function should be taught about it too, but that code can be
improved without causing an on-disk compatibility break; so we'll leave it
for another day.

Since we're breaking on-disk compatibility of range values anyway, I took
the opportunity to reorganize the range flags bits; the unused
RANGE_xB_NULL bits are now adjacent, which might open the door for using
them in some other way later.

In passing, remove the GiST range opclass entry for <>, which doesn't seem
like it can really be indexed usefully.

Alexander Korotkov, with some editorializing by Tom
2011-11-27 16:51:29 -05:00
Tom Lane
74c1723fc8 Remove user-selectable ANALYZE option for range types.
It's not clear that a per-datatype typanalyze function would be any more
useful than a generic typanalyze for ranges.  What *is* clear is that
letting unprivileged users select typanalyze functions is a crash risk or
worse.  So remove the option from CREATE TYPE AS RANGE, and instead put in
a generic typanalyze function for ranges.  The generic function does
nothing as yet, but hopefully we'll improve that before 9.2 release.
2011-11-23 00:03:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
df73584431 Remove zero- and one-argument range constructor functions.
Per discussion, the zero-argument forms aren't really worth the catalog
space (just write 'empty' instead).  The one-argument forms have some use,
but they also have a serious problem with looking too much like functional
cast notation; to the point where in many real use-cases, the parser would
misinterpret what was wanted.

Committing this as a separate patch, with the thought that we might want
to revert part or all of it if we can think of some way around the cast
ambiguity.
2011-11-22 20:45:05 -05:00
Tom Lane
766948bedd Still more review for range-types patch.
Per discussion, relax the range input/construction rules so that the
only hard error is lower bound > upper bound.  Cases where the lower
bound is <= upper bound, but the range nonetheless normalizes to empty,
are now permitted.

Fix core dump in range_adjacent when bounds are infinite.  Marginal
cleanup of regression test cases, some more code commenting.
2011-11-22 16:06:26 -05:00
Tom Lane
b985d48779 Further code review for range types patch.
Fix some bugs in coercion logic and pg_dump; more comment cleanup;
minor cosmetic improvements.
2011-11-20 23:50:27 -05:00
Tom Lane
37ee4b75db Restructure function-internal caching in the range type code.
Move the responsibility for caching specialized information about range
types into the type cache, so that the catalog lookups only have to occur
once per session.  Rearrange APIs a bit so that fn_extra caching is
actually effective in the GiST support code.  (Use of OidFunctionCallN is
bad enough for performance in itself, but it also prevents the function
from exploiting fn_extra caching.)

The range I/O functions are still not very bright about caching repeated
lookups, but that seems like material for a separate patch.

Also, avoid unnecessary use of memcpy to fetch/store the range type OID and
flags, and don't use the full range_deserialize machinery when all we need
to see is the flags value.

Also fix API error in range_gist_penalty --- it was failing to set *penalty
for any case involving an empty range.
2011-11-15 13:05:45 -05:00
Tom Lane
f158536285 Fix copyright notices, other minor editing in new range-types code.
No functional changes in this commit (except I could not resist the
temptation to re-word a couple of error messages).  This is just manual
cleanup after pgindent to make the code look reasonably like other PG
code, in preparation for more detailed code review to come.
2011-11-14 13:59:34 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3b8161723c Make DatumGetInetP() unpack inet datums with a 1-byte header, and add
a new macro, DatumGetInetPP(), that does not. This brings these macros
in line with other DatumGet*P() macros.

Backpatch to 8.3, where 1-byte header varlenas were introduced.
2011-11-08 22:39:43 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4429f6a9e3 Support range data types.
Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators,
which is a TODO.

Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 13:42:15 +02:00
Tom Lane
bb446b689b Support synchronization of snapshots through an export/import procedure.
A transaction can export a snapshot with pg_export_snapshot(), and then
others can import it with SET TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT.  The data does not
leave the server so there are not security issues.  A snapshot can only
be imported while the exporting transaction is still running, and there
are some other restrictions.

I'm not totally convinced that we've covered all the bases for SSI (true
serializable) mode, but it works fine for lesser isolation modes.

Joachim Wieland, reviewed by Marko Tiikkaja, and rather heavily modified
by Tom Lane
2011-10-22 18:23:30 -04:00
Tom Lane
f9c92a5a3e Code review for pgstat_get_crashed_backend_activity patch.
Avoid possibly dumping core when pgstat_track_activity_query_size has a
less-than-default value; avoid uselessly searching for the query string
of a successfully-exited backend; don't bother putting out an ERRDETAIL if
we don't have a query to show; some other minor stylistic improvements.
2011-10-21 16:36:04 -04:00
Robert Haas
c8e8b5a6e2 Try to log current the query string when a backend crashes.
To avoid minimize risk inside the postmaster, we subject this feature
to a number of significant limitations.  We very much wish to avoid
doing any complex processing inside the postmaster, due to the
posssibility that the crashed backend has completely corrupted shared
memory.  To that end, no encoding conversion is done; instead, we just
replace anything that doesn't look like an ASCII character with a
question mark.  We limit the amount of data copied to 1024 characters,
and carefully sanity check the source of that data.  While these
restrictions would doubtless be unacceptable in a general-purpose
logging facility, even this limited facility seems like an improvement
over the status quo ante.

Marti Raudsepp, reviewed by PDXPUG and myself
2011-10-21 13:26:40 -04:00
Tom Lane
ba6f629326 Improve and simplify CREATE EXTENSION's management of GUC variables.
CREATE EXTENSION needs to transiently set search_path, as well as
client_min_messages and log_min_messages.  We were doing this by the
expedient of saving the current string value of each variable, doing a
SET LOCAL, and then doing another SET LOCAL with the previous value at
the end of the command.  This is a bit expensive though, and it also fails
badly if there is anything funny about the existing search_path value,
as seen in a recent report from Roger Niederland.  Fortunately, there's a
much better way, which is to piggyback on the GUC infrastructure previously
developed for functions with SET options.  We just open a new GUC nesting
level, do our assignments with GUC_ACTION_SAVE, and then close the nesting
level when done.  This automatically restores the prior settings without a
re-parsing pass, so (in principle anyway) there can't be an error.  And
guc.c still takes care of cleanup in event of an error abort.

The CREATE EXTENSION code for this was modeled on some much older code in
ri_triggers.c, which I also changed to use the better method, even though
there wasn't really much risk of failure there.  Also improve the comments
in guc.c to reflect this additional usage.
2011-10-05 20:44:16 -04:00
Tom Lane
41e461d36f Improve define_custom_variable's handling of pre-existing settings.
Arrange for any problems with pre-existing settings to be reported as
WARNING not ERROR, so that we don't undesirably abort the loading of the
incoming add-on module.  The bad setting is just discarded, as though it
had never been applied at all.  (This requires a change in the API of
set_config_option.  After some thought I decided the most potentially
useful addition was to allow callers to just pass in a desired elevel.)

Arrange to restore the complete stacked state of the variable, rather than
cheesily reinstalling only the active value.  This ensures that custom GUCs
will behave unsurprisingly even when the module loading operation occurs
within nested subtransactions that have changed the active value.  Since a
module load could occur as a result of, eg, a PL function call, this is not
an unlikely scenario.
2011-10-04 19:57:21 -04:00
Tom Lane
9f5836d224 Remember the source GucContext for each GUC parameter.
We used to just remember the GucSource, but saving GucContext too provides
a little more information --- notably, whether a SET was done by a
superuser or regular user.  This allows us to rip out the fairly dodgy code
that define_custom_variable used to use to try to infer the context to
re-install a pre-existing setting with.  In particular, it now works for
a superuser to SET a extension's SUSET custom variable before loading the
associated extension, because GUC can remember whether the SET was done as
a superuser or not.  The plperl regression tests contain an example where
this is useful.
2011-10-04 16:13:50 -04:00
Tom Lane
d56b3afc03 Restructure error handling in reading of postgresql.conf.
This patch has two distinct purposes: to report multiple problems in
postgresql.conf rather than always bailing out after the first one,
and to change the policy for whether changes are applied when there are
unrelated errors in postgresql.conf.

Formerly the policy was to apply no changes if any errors could be
detected, but that had a significant consistency problem, because in some
cases specific values might be seen as valid by some processes but invalid
by others.  This meant that the latter processes would fail to adopt
changes in other parameters even though the former processes had done so.

The new policy is that during SIGHUP, the file is rejected as a whole
if there are any errors in the "name = value" syntax, or if any lines
attempt to set nonexistent built-in parameters, or if any lines attempt
to set custom parameters whose prefix is not listed in (the new value of)
custom_variable_classes.  These tests should always give the same results
in all processes, and provide what seems a reasonably robust defense
against loading values from badly corrupted config files.  If these tests
pass, all processes will apply all settings that they individually see as
good, ignoring (but logging) any they don't.

In addition, the postmaster does not abandon reading a configuration file
after the first syntax error, but continues to read the file and report
syntax errors (up to a maximum of 100 syntax errors per file).

The postmaster will still refuse to start up if the configuration file
contains any errors at startup time, but these changes allow multiple
errors to be detected and reported before quitting.

Alexey Klyukin, reviewed by Andy Colson and av (Alexander ?)
with some additional hacking by Tom Lane
2011-10-02 16:50:04 -04:00
Tom Lane
57eb009092 Allow snapshot references to still work during transaction abort.
In REPEATABLE READ (nee SERIALIZABLE) mode, an attempt to do
GetTransactionSnapshot() between AbortTransaction and CleanupTransaction
failed, because GetTransactionSnapshot would recompute the transaction
snapshot (which is already wrong, given the isolation mode) and then
re-register it in the TopTransactionResourceOwner, leading to an Assert
because the TopTransactionResourceOwner should be empty of resources after
AbortTransaction.  This is the root cause of bug #6218 from Yamamoto
Takashi.  While changing plancache.c to avoid requesting a snapshot when
handling a ROLLBACK masks the problem, I think this is really a snapmgr.c
bug: it's lower-level than the resource manager mechanism and should not be
shutting itself down before we unwind resource manager resources.  However,
just postponing the release of the transaction snapshot until cleanup time
didn't work because of the circular dependency with
TopTransactionResourceOwner.  Fix by managing the internal reference to
that snapshot manually instead of depending on TopTransactionResourceOwner.
This saves a few cycles as well as making the module layering more
straightforward.  predicate.c's dependencies on TopTransactionResourceOwner
go away too.

I think this is a longstanding bug, but there's no evidence that it's more
than a latent bug, so it doesn't seem worth any risk of back-patching.
2011-09-26 22:25:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
e6faf910d7 Redesign the plancache mechanism for more flexibility and efficiency.
Rewrite plancache.c so that a "cached plan" (which is rather a misnomer
at this point) can support generation of custom, parameter-value-dependent
plans, and can make an intelligent choice between using custom plans and
the traditional generic-plan approach.  The specific choice algorithm
implemented here can probably be improved in future, but this commit is
all about getting the mechanism in place, not the policy.

In addition, restructure the API to greatly reduce the amount of extraneous
data copying needed.  The main compromise needed to make that possible was
to split the initial creation of a CachedPlanSource into two steps.  It's
worth noting in particular that SPI_saveplan is now deprecated in favor of
SPI_keepplan, which accomplishes the same end result with zero data
copying, and no need to then spend even more cycles throwing away the
original SPIPlan.  The risk of long-term memory leaks while manipulating
SPIPlans has also been greatly reduced.  Most of this improvement is based
on use of the recently-added MemoryContextSetParent primitive.
2011-09-16 00:43:52 -04:00
Tom Lane
b0025bd957 Invent a new memory context primitive, MemoryContextSetParent.
This function will be useful for altering the lifespan of a context after
creation (for example, by creating it under a transient context and later
reparenting it to belong to a long-lived context).  It costs almost no new
code, since we can refactor what was there.  Per my proposal of yesterday.
2011-09-11 16:29:42 -04:00
Tom Lane
ca4af308c3 Simplify handling of the timezone GUC by making initdb choose the default.
We were doing some amazingly complicated things in order to avoid running
the very expensive identify_system_timezone() procedure during GUC
initialization.  But there is an obvious fix for that, which is to do it
once during initdb and have initdb install the system-specific default into
postgresql.conf, as it already does for most other GUC variables that need
system-environment-dependent defaults.  This means that the timezone (and
log_timezone) settings no longer have any magic behavior in the server.
Per discussion.
2011-09-09 17:59:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
a7801b62f2 Move Timestamp/Interval typedefs and basic macros into datatype/timestamp.h.
As per my recent proposal, this refactors things so that these typedefs and
macros are available in a header that can be included in frontend-ish code.
I also changed various headers that were undesirably including
utils/timestamp.h to include datatype/timestamp.h instead.  Unsurprisingly,
this showed that half the system was getting utils/timestamp.h by way of
xlog.h.

No actual code changes here, just header refactoring.
2011-09-09 13:23:41 -04:00
Tom Lane
4c2777d0b7 Change get_variable_numdistinct's API to flag default estimates explicitly.
Formerly, callers tested for DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT, which had the problem
that a perfectly solid estimate might be mistaken for a content-free
default.
2011-09-04 15:41:49 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6416a82a62 Remove unnecessary #include references, per pgrminclude script. 2011-09-01 10:04:27 -04:00
Tom Lane
b5282aa893 Revise sinval code to remove no-longer-used tuple TID from inval messages.
This requires adjusting the API for syscache callback functions: they now
get a hash value, not a TID, to identify the target tuple.  Most of them
weren't paying any attention to that argument anyway, but plancache did
require a small amount of fixing.

Also, improve performance a trifle by avoiding sending duplicate inval
messages when a heap_update isn't changing the catcache lookup columns.
2011-08-16 19:27:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
2ada6779c5 Fix race condition in relcache init file invalidation.
The previous code tried to synchronize by unlinking the init file twice,
but that doesn't actually work: it leaves a window wherein a third process
could read the already-stale init file but miss the SI messages that would
tell it the data is stale.  The result would be bizarre failures in catalog
accesses, typically "could not read block 0 in file ..." later during
startup.

Instead, hold RelCacheInitLock across both the unlink and the sending of
the SI messages.  This is more straightforward, and might even be a bit
faster since only one unlink call is needed.

This has been wrong since it was put in (in 2002!), so back-patch to all
supported releases.
2011-08-16 13:11:54 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6d7bd5dec9 Make USECS_PER_* timestamp macros visible even when we are not using
integer timestamps.
2011-08-12 21:32:19 -04:00
Tom Lane
cacd42d62c Rewrite libxml error handling to be more robust.
libxml reports some errors (like invalid xmlns attributes) via the error
handler hook, but still returns a success indicator to the library caller.
This causes us to miss some errors that are important to report.  Since the
"generic" error handler hook doesn't know whether the message it's getting
is for an error, warning, or notice, stop using that and instead start
using the "structured" error handler hook, which gets enough information
to be useful.

While at it, arrange to save and restore the error handler hook setting in
each libxml-using function, rather than assuming we can set and forget the
hook.  This should improve the odds of working nicely with third-party
libraries that also use libxml.

In passing, volatile-ize some local variables that get modified within
PG_TRY blocks.  I noticed this while testing with an older gcc version
than I'd previously tried to compile xml.c with.

Florian Pflug and Tom Lane, with extensive review/testing by Noah Misch
2011-07-20 13:03:49 -04:00
Simon Riggs
4bd8ed31b7 Introduce sending servers as new category for replication params
Fujii Masao
2011-07-19 08:59:55 +01:00
Robert Haas
367bc426a1 Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE.
Noah Misch.  Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 11:04:43 -04:00
Tom Lane
23e5b16c71 Add temp_file_limit GUC parameter to constrain temporary file space usage.
The limit is enforced against the total amount of temp file space used by
each session.

Mark Kirkwood, reviewed by Cédric Villemain and Tatsuo Ishii
2011-07-17 14:19:31 -04:00
Tom Lane
ed7ed76712 Add an errdetail_internal() ereport auxiliary routine.
This function supports untranslated detail messages, in the same way that
errmsg_internal supports untranslated primary messages.  We've needed this
for some time IMO, but discussion of some cases in the SSI code provided
the impetus to actually add it.

Kevin Grittner, with minor adjustments by me
2011-07-16 14:22:15 -04:00
Tom Lane
9d522cb35d Fix another oversight in logging of changes in postgresql.conf settings.
We were using GetConfigOption to collect the old value of each setting,
overlooking the possibility that it didn't exist yet.  This does happen
in the case of adding a new entry within a custom variable class, as
exhibited in bug #6097 from Maxim Boguk.

To fix, add a missing_ok parameter to GetConfigOption, but only in 9.1
and HEAD --- it seems possible that some third-party code is using that
function, so changing its API in a minor release would cause problems.
In 9.0, create a near-duplicate function instead.
2011-07-08 17:02:58 -04:00
Tom Lane
60a81ad133 Reclassify replication-related GUC variables as "master" and "standby".
Per discussion, this structure seems more understandable than what was
there before.  Make config.sgml and postgresql.conf.sample agree.

In passing do a bit of editorial work on the variable descriptions.
2011-07-07 15:11:41 -04:00
Tom Lane
14f67192c2 Remove assumptions that not-equals operators cannot be in any opclass.
get_op_btree_interpretation assumed this in order to save some duplication
of code, but it's not true in general anymore because we added <> support
to btree_gist.  (We still assume it for btree opclasses, though.)

Also, essentially the same logic was baked into predtest.c.  Get rid of
that duplication by generalizing get_op_btree_interpretation so that it
can be used by predtest.c.

Per bug report from Denis de Bernardy and investigation by Jeff Davis,
though I didn't use Jeff's patch exactly as-is.

Back-patch to 9.1; we do not support this usage before that.
2011-07-06 14:53:16 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
b93f5a5673 Move Trigger and TriggerDesc structs out of rel.h into a new reltrigger.h
This lets us stop including rel.h into execnodes.h, which is a widely
used header.
2011-07-04 14:35:58 -04:00
Robert Haas
8f9fe6edce Add notion of a "transform function" that can simplify function calls.
Initially, we use this only to eliminate calls to the varchar()
function in cases where the length is not being reduced and, therefore,
the function call is equivalent to a RelabelType operation.  The most
significant effect of this is that we can avoid a table rewrite when
changing a varchar(X) column to a varchar(Y) column, where Y > X.

Noah Misch, reviewed by me and Alexey Klyukin
2011-06-21 22:21:24 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6560407c7d Pgindent run before 9.1 beta2. 2011-06-09 14:32:50 -04:00
Tom Lane
ea8e42f3a0 Fix failure to check whether a rowtype's component types are sortable.
The existence of a btree opclass accepting composite types caused us to
assume that every composite type is sortable.  This isn't true of course;
we need to check if the column types are all sortable.  There was logic
for this for the case of array comparison (ie, check that the element
type is sortable), but we missed the point for rowtypes.  Per Teodor's
report of an ANALYZE failure for an unsortable composite type.

Rather than just add some more ad-hoc logic for this, I moved knowledge of
the issue into typcache.c.  The typcache will now only report out array_eq,
record_cmp, and friends as usable operators if the array or composite type
will work with those functions.

Unfortunately we don't have enough info to do this for anonymous RECORD
types; in that case, just assume it will work, and take the runtime failure
as before if it doesn't.

This patch might be a candidate for back-patching at some point, but
given the lack of complaints from the field, I'd rather just test it in
HEAD for now.

Note: most of the places touched in this patch will need further work
when we get around to supporting hashing of record types.
2011-06-03 15:39:17 -04:00
Tom Lane
e05b866447 Split PGC_S_DEFAULT into two values, for true boot_val vs computed default.
Failure to distinguish these cases is the real cause behind the recent
reports of Windows builds crashing on 'infinity'::timestamp, which was
directly due to failure to establish a value of timezone_abbreviations
in postmaster child processes.  The postmaster had the desired value,
but write_one_nondefault_variable() didn't transmit it to backends.

To fix that, invent a new value PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT, and be sure to use
that or PGC_S_ENV_VAR (as appropriate) for "default" settings that are
computed during initialization.  (We need both because there's at least
one variable that could receive a value from either source.)

This commit also fixes ProcessConfigFile's failure to restore the correct
default value for certain GUC variables if they are set in postgresql.conf
and then removed/commented out of the file.  We have to recompute and
reinstall the value for any GUC variable that could have received a value
from PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT or PGC_S_ENV_VAR sources, and there were a
number of oversights.  (That whole thing is a crock that needs to be
redesigned, but not today.)

However, I intentionally didn't make it work "exactly right" for the cases
of timezone and log_timezone.  The exactly right behavior would involve
running select_default_timezone, which we'd have to do independently in
each postgres process, causing the whole database to become entirely
unresponsive for as much as several seconds.  That didn't seem like a good
idea, especially since the variable's removal from postgresql.conf might be
just an accidental edit.  Instead the behavior is to adopt the previously
active setting as if it were default.

Note that this patch creates an ABI break for extensions that use any of
the PGC_S_XXX constants; they'll need to be recompiled.
2011-05-11 19:57:38 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
c02d5b7c27 Use a macro variable PG_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE for the style used for checking printf type functions.
The style is set to "printf" for backwards compatibility everywhere except
on Windows, where it is set to "gnu_printf", which eliminates hundreds of
false error messages from modern versions of gcc arising from  %m and %ll{d,u}
formats.
2011-04-28 10:56:14 -04:00
Robert Haas
be90032e0d Remove partial and undocumented GRANT .. FOREIGN TABLE support.
Instead, foreign tables are treated just like views: permissions can
be granted using GRANT privilege ON [TABLE] foreign_table_name TO role,
and revoked similarly.  GRANT/REVOKE .. FOREIGN TABLE is no longer
supported, just as we don't support GRANT/REVOKE .. VIEW.  The set of
accepted permissions for foreign tables is now identical to the set for
regular tables, and views.

Per report from Thom Brown, and subsequent discussion.
2011-04-25 16:39:18 -04:00
Tom Lane
2ab0796d7a Fix char2wchar/wchar2char to support collations properly.
These functions should take a pg_locale_t, not a collation OID, and should
call mbstowcs_l/wcstombs_l where available.  Where those functions are not
available, temporarily select the correct locale with uselocale().

This change removes the bogus assumption that all locales selectable in
a given database have the same wide-character conversion method; in
particular, the collate.linux.utf8 regression test now passes with
LC_CTYPE=C, so long as the database encoding is UTF8.

I decided to move the char2wchar/wchar2char functions out of mbutils.c and
into pg_locale.c, because they work on wchar_t not pg_wchar_t and thus
don't really belong with the mbutils.c functions.  Keeping them where they
were would have required importing pg_locale_t into pg_wchar.h somehow,
which did not seem like a good plan.
2011-04-23 12:35:41 -04:00
Tom Lane
d64713df7e Pass collations to functions in FunctionCallInfoData, not FmgrInfo.
Since collation is effectively an argument, not a property of the function,
FmgrInfo is really the wrong place for it; and this becomes critical in
cases where a cached FmgrInfo is used for varying purposes that might need
different collation settings.  Fix by passing it in FunctionCallInfoData
instead.  In particular this allows a clean fix for bug #5970 (record_cmp
not working).  This requires touching a bit more code than the original
method, but nobody ever thought that collations would not be an invasive
patch...
2011-04-12 19:19:24 -04:00
Tom Lane
3c381a55b0 Teach pattern_fixed_prefix() about collations.
This is necessary, not optional, now that ILIKE and regexes are collation
aware --- else we might derive a wrong comparison constant for index
optimized pattern matches.
2011-04-11 12:28:28 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7c797e7194 Fix the size of predicate lock manager's shared memory hash tables at creation.
This way they don't compete with the regular lock manager for the slack shared
memory, making the behavior more predictable.
2011-04-11 13:43:31 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
bf50caf105 pgindent run before PG 9.1 beta 1. 2011-04-10 11:42:00 -04:00
Tom Lane
2594cf0e8c Revise the API for GUC variable assign hooks.
The previous functions of assign hooks are now split between check hooks
and assign hooks, where the former can fail but the latter shouldn't.
Aside from being conceptually clearer, this approach exposes the
"canonicalized" form of the variable value to guc.c without having to do
an actual assignment.  And that lets us fix the problem recently noted by
Bernd Helmle that the auto-tune patch for wal_buffers resulted in bogus
log messages about "parameter "wal_buffers" cannot be changed without
restarting the server".  There may be some speed advantage too, because
this design lets hook functions avoid re-parsing variable values when
restoring a previous state after a rollback (they can store a pre-parsed
representation of the value instead).  This patch also resolves a
longstanding annoyance about custom error messages from variable assign
hooks: they should modify, not appear separately from, guc.c's own message
about "invalid parameter value".
2011-04-07 00:12:02 -04:00
Robert Haas
f5e524d92b Add casts from int4 and int8 to numeric.
Joey Adams, per gripe from Ramanujam.  Review by myself and Tom Lane.
2011-04-05 09:35:43 -04:00
Robert Haas
50533a6dc5 Support comments on FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and SERVER objects.
This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework,
which does most of the heavy lifting.  In that vein, change
GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and
GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the
pattern we use for other object types.

Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
2011-04-01 11:28:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
b23c9fa929 Clean up a few failures to set collation fields in expression nodes.
I'm not sure these have any non-cosmetic implications, but I'm not sure
they don't, either.  In particular, ensure the CaseTestExpr generated
by transformAssignmentIndirection to represent the base target column
carries the correct collation, because parse_collate.c won't fix that.
Tweak lsyscache.c API so that we can get the appropriate collation
without an extra syscache lookup.
2011-03-26 14:25:48 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b051a34fd8 Remove duplicate time-based macros recently added. 2011-03-14 10:40:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
696d1f7f06 Make all comparisons done for/with statistics use the default collation.
While this will give wrong answers when estimating selectivity for a
comparison operator that's using a non-default collation, the estimation
error probably won't be large; and anyway the former approach created
estimation errors of its own by trying to use a histogram that might have
been computed with some other collation.  So we'll adopt this simplified
approach for now and perhaps improve it sometime in the future.

This patch incorporates changes from Andres Freund to make sure that
selfuncs.c passes a valid collation OID to any datatype-specific function
it calls, in case that function wants collation information.  Said OID will
now always be DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID, but at least we won't get errors.
2011-03-12 16:30:36 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
3a3f39fdc0 Use macros for time-based constants, rather than constants. 2011-03-12 09:35:56 -05:00
Tom Lane
49a08ca1e9 Adjust the permissions required for COMMENT ON ROLE.
Formerly, any member of a role could change the role's comment, as of
course could superusers; but holders of CREATEROLE privilege could not,
unless they were also members.  This led to the odd situation that a
CREATEROLE holder could create a role but then could not comment on it.
It also seems a bit dubious to let an unprivileged user change his own
comment, let alone those of group roles he belongs to.  So, change the
rule to be "you must be superuser to comment on a superuser role, or
hold CREATEROLE to comment on non-superuser roles".  This is the same
as the privilege check for creating/dropping roles, and thus fits much
better with the rule for other object types, namely that only the owner
of an object can comment on it.

In passing, clean up the documentation for COMMENT a little bit.

Per complaint from Owen Jacobson and subsequent discussion.
2011-03-09 11:28:34 -05:00
Tom Lane
8d3b421f5f Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions.
Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION,
and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false
(not the default) skips the superuser permissions check.  In this case
the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands
in the extension's installation script.  The superuser property is also
enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases.

In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of
the extension rather than superuserness.  ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs
to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without
duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks
into a separate function in objectaddress.c.

I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and
related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't
be able to see that info.

Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that
in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions.
We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon.

This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages
into extensions.  I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is
just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 16:08:53 -05:00
Tom Lane
6252c4f9e2 Run a portal's cleanup hook immediately when pushing it to DONE state.
This works around the problem noted by Yamamoto Takashi in bug #5906,
that there were code paths whereby we could reach AtCleanup_Portals
with a portal's cleanup hook still unexecuted.  The changes I made
a few days ago were intended to prevent that from happening, and
I think that on balance it's still a good thing to avoid, so I don't
want to remove the Assert in AtCleanup_Portals.  Hence do this instead.
2011-03-03 13:04:06 -05:00
Tom Lane
c0b0076036 Rearrange snapshot handling to make rule expansion more consistent.
With this patch, portals, SQL functions, and SPI all agree that there
should be only a CommandCounterIncrement between the queries that are
generated from a single SQL command by rule expansion.  Fetching a whole
new snapshot now happens only between original queries.  This is equivalent
to the existing behavior of EXPLAIN ANALYZE, and it was judged to be the
best choice since it eliminates one source of concurrency hazards for
rules.  The patch should also make things marginally faster by reducing the
number of snapshot push/pop operations.

The patch removes pg_parse_and_rewrite(), which is no longer used anywhere.
There was considerable discussion about more aggressive refactoring of the
query-processing functions exported by postgres.c, but for the moment
nothing more has been done there.

I also took the opportunity to refactor snapmgr.c's API slightly: the
former PushUpdatedSnapshot() has been split into two functions.

Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
2011-02-28 23:28:06 -05:00
Tom Lane
a874fe7b4c Refactor the executor's API to support data-modifying CTEs better.
The originally committed patch for modifying CTEs didn't interact well
with EXPLAIN, as noted by myself, and also had corner-case problems with
triggers, as noted by Dean Rasheed.  Those problems show it is really not
practical for ExecutorEnd to call any user-defined code; so split the
cleanup duties out into a new function ExecutorFinish, which must be called
between the last ExecutorRun call and ExecutorEnd.  Some Asserts have been
added to these functions to help verify correct usage.

It is no longer necessary for callers of the executor to call
AfterTriggerBeginQuery/AfterTriggerEndQuery for themselves, as this is now
done by ExecutorStart/ExecutorFinish respectively.  If you really need to
suppress that and do it for yourself, pass EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS to
ExecutorStart.

Also, refactor portal commit processing to allow for the possibility that
PortalDrop will invoke user-defined code.  I think this is not actually
necessary just yet, since the portal-execution-strategy logic forces any
non-pure-SELECT query to be run to completion before we will consider
committing.  But it seems like good future-proofing.
2011-02-27 13:44:12 -05:00
Tom Lane
389af95155 Support data-modifying commands (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE) in WITH.
This patch implements data-modifying WITH queries according to the
semantics that the updates all happen with the same command counter value,
and in an unspecified order.  Therefore one WITH clause can't see the
effects of another, nor can the outer query see the effects other than
through the RETURNING values.  And attempts to do conflicting updates will
have unpredictable results.  We'll need to document all that.

This commit just fixes the code; documentation updates are waiting on
author.

Marko Tiikkaja and Hitoshi Harada
2011-02-25 18:58:02 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
1c51c7d5ff Add PL/Python functions for quoting strings
Add functions plpy.quote_ident, plpy.quote_literal,
plpy.quote_nullable, which wrap the equivalent SQL functions.

To be able to propagate char * constness properly, make the argument
of quote_literal_cstr() const char *.  This also makes it more
consistent with quote_identifier().

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada, some refinements by Peter
Eisentraut
2011-02-22 23:41:23 +02:00
Tom Lane
1ab9b012bd Allow binary I/O of type "void".
void_send is useful for the same reason that void_out doesn't throw error,
namely that someone might do "select void_returning_func(...)"  from a
client that prefers to operate in binary mode.  The void_recv function may
or may not have any practical use, but we provide it for symmetry.

Radosław Smogura
2011-02-22 13:08:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
327e025071 Create the catalog infrastructure for foreign-data-wrapper handlers.
Add a fdwhandler column to pg_foreign_data_wrapper, plus HANDLER options
in the CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER commands,
plus pg_dump support for same.  Also invent a new pseudotype fdw_handler
with properties similar to language_handler.

This is split out of the "FDW API" patch for ease of review; it's all stuff
we will certainly need, regardless of any other details of the FDW API.
FDW handler functions will not actually get called yet.

In passing, fix some omissions and infelicities in foreigncmds.c.

Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
2011-02-19 00:07:15 -05:00
Itagaki Takahiro
62c7bd31c8 Add transaction-level advisory locks.
They share the same locking namespace with the existing session-level
advisory locks, but they are automatically released at the end of the
current transaction and cannot be released explicitly via unlock
functions.

Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by me.
2011-02-18 14:05:12 +09:00
Tom Lane
6595dd04d1 Add backwards-compatible declarations of some core GIN support functions.
These are needed to support reloading dumps of 9.0 installations containing
contrib/intarray or contrib/tsearch2.  Since not only regular dump/reload
but binary upgrade would fail, it seems worth the trouble to carry these
stubs for awhile.  Note that the contrib opclasses referencing these
functions will still work fine, since GIN doesn't actually pay any
attention to the declared signature of a support function.
2011-02-16 17:24:46 -05:00
Tom Lane
6e02755b22 Add FOREACH IN ARRAY looping to plpgsql.
(I'm not entirely sure that we've finished bikeshedding the syntax details,
but the functionality seems OK.)

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Tom Lane
2011-02-16 01:53:03 -05:00
Tom Lane
887dd041a6 Fix obsolete comment.
Comment about MaxAllocSize was not updated when the TOAST-header macros
were replaced in 8.3 "varvarlena" changes.  Per report from Frederik Ramm.
2011-02-15 13:27:54 -05:00
Tom Lane
555353c0c5 Rearrange extension-related views as per recent discussion.
The original design of pg_available_extensions did not consider the
possibility of version-specific control files.  Split it into two views:
pg_available_extensions shows information that is generic about an
extension, while pg_available_extension_versions shows all available
versions together with information that could be version-dependent.
Also, add an SRF pg_extension_update_paths() to assist in checking that
a collection of update scripts provide sane update path sequences.
2011-02-14 19:22:36 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
b313bca0af DDL support for collations
- collowner field
- CREATE COLLATION
- ALTER COLLATION
- DROP COLLATION
- COMMENT ON COLLATION
- integration with extensions
- pg_dump support for the above
- dependency management
- psql tab completion
- psql \dO command
2011-02-12 15:55:18 +02:00
Tom Lane
d9572c4e3b Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects.
This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions.
There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice
with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make
all the contrib modules depend on this feature.

In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in
AlterObjectNamespace() and callers.

Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen,
Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 16:13:22 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
414c5a2ea6 Per-column collation support
This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause
to override it per expression, and B-tree index support.

Peter Eisentraut
reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 23:04:18 +02:00
Robert Haas
ddfe26f644 Avoid maintaining three separate copies of the error codes list.
src/pl/plpgsql/src/plerrcodes.h, src/include/utils/errcodes.h, and a
big chunk of errcodes.sgml are now automatically generated from a single
file, src/backend/utils/errcodes.txt.

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Tom Lane.
2011-02-03 22:32:49 -05:00
Simon Riggs
56b21b7ae3 Re-classify ERRCODE_DATABASE_DROPPED to 57P04 2011-02-01 08:44:01 +00:00
Simon Riggs
9e95c9ad55 Create new errcode for recovery conflict caused by db drop on master.
Previously reported as ERRCODE_ADMIN_SHUTDOWN, this case is now
reported as ERRCODE_T_R_DATABASE_DROPPED. No message text change.
Unlikely to happen on most servers, so low impact change to allow
session poolers to correctly handle this situation.

Tatsuo Ishii, edits by me, review by Robert Haas
2011-02-01 00:20:53 +00:00
Robert Haas
fb4c5d2798 Code cleanup for assign_XactIsoLevel.
The new coding avoids a spurious debug message when a transaction
that has changed the isolation level has been rolled back.  It also
allows the property to be freely changed to the current value within
a subtransaction.

Kevin Grittner, with one small change by me.
2011-01-21 21:49:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
adf328c0e1 Add array_contains_nulls() function in arrayfuncs.c.
This will support fixing contrib/intarray (and probably other places)
so that they don't have to fail on arrays that contain a null bitmap
but no live null entries.
2011-01-08 20:26:14 -05:00
Tom Lane
73912e7fbd Fix GIN to support null keys, empty and null items, and full index scans.
Per my recent proposal(s).  Null key datums can now be returned by
extractValue and extractQuery functions, and will be stored in the index.
Also, placeholder entries are made for indexable items that are NULL or
contain no keys according to extractValue.  This means that the index is
now always complete, having at least one entry for every indexed heap TID,
and so we can get rid of the prohibition on full-index scans.  A full-index
scan is implemented much the same way as partial-match scans were already:
we build a bitmap representing all the TIDs found in the index, and then
drive the results off that.

Also, introduce a concept of a "search mode" that can be requested by
extractQuery when the operator requires matching to empty items (this is
just as cheap as matching to a single key) or requires a full index scan
(which is not so cheap, but it sure beats failing or giving wrong answers).
The behavior remains backward compatible for opclasses that don't return
any null keys or request a non-default search mode.

Using these features, we can now make the GIN index opclass for anyarray
behave in a way that matches the actual anyarray operators for &&, <@, @>,
and = ... which it failed to do before in assorted corner cases.

This commit fixes the core GIN code and ginarrayprocs.c, updates the
documentation, and adds some simple regression test cases for the new
behaviors using the array operators.  The tsearch and contrib GIN opclass
support functions still need to be looked over and probably fixed.

Another thing I intend to fix separately is that this is pretty inefficient
for cases where more than one scan condition needs a full-index search:
we'll run duplicate GinScanEntrys, each one of which builds a large bitmap.
There is some existing logic to merge duplicate GinScanEntrys but it needs
refactoring to make it work for entries belonging to different scan keys.

Note that most of gin.h has been split out into a new file gin_private.h,
so that gin.h doesn't export anything that's not supposed to be used by GIN
opclasses or the rest of the backend.  I did quite a bit of other code
beautification work as well, mostly fixing comments and choosing more
appropriate names for things.
2011-01-07 19:16:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
0d692a0dc9 Basic foreign table support.
Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED.  This commit does
not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables
cannot yet be queried.  Support for foreign table scans will need to
be added in a future patch.  However, this patch creates the necessary
system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary
operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL.

Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-01 23:48:11 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5d950e3b0c Stamp copyrights for year 2011. 2011-01-01 13:18:15 -05:00
Robert Haas
53dbc27c62 Support unlogged tables.
The contents of an unlogged table are WAL-logged; thus, they are not
available on standby servers and are truncated whenever the database
system enters recovery.  Indexes on unlogged tables are also unlogged.
Unlogged GiST indexes are not currently supported.
2010-12-29 06:48:53 -05:00
Tom Lane
f2ba1e994c Avoid unexpected conversion overflow in planner for distant date values.
The "date" type supports a wider range of dates than int64 timestamps do.
However, there is pre-int64-timestamp code in the planner that assumes that
all date values can be converted to timestamp with impunity.  Fortunately,
what we really need out of the conversion is always a double (float8)
value; so even when the date is out of timestamp's range it's possible to
produce a sane answer.  All we need is a code path that doesn't try to
force the result into int64.  Per trouble report from David Rericha.

Back-patch to all supported versions.  Although this is surely a corner
case, there's not much point in advertising a date range wider than
timestamp's if we will choke on such values in unexpected places.
2010-12-28 22:49:57 -05:00
Tom Lane
84fc571395 Rename the C functions bitand(), bitor() to bit_and(), bit_or().
This is to avoid use of the C++ keywords "bitand" and "bitor" in
the header file utils/varbit.h.  Note the functions' SQL-level
names are not changed, only their C-level names.

In passing, make some comments in varbit.c conform to project-standard
layout.
2010-12-27 14:57:41 -05:00
Robert Haas
63676ebff4 Corrections to patch adding SQL/MED error codes.
My previous commit, 85cff3ce7f on
2010-12-25, failed to update errcodes.sgml or plerrcodes.h.  This patch
corrects that oversight, per a gripe from Tom Lane, and also corrects
a typographical error.
2010-12-26 21:35:25 -05:00
Robert Haas
85cff3ce7f Add foreign data wrapper error code values for SQL/MED.
Extracted from a much larger patch by Shigeru Hanada.
2010-12-25 13:57:39 -05:00
Itagaki Takahiro
03db44eae3 Add pg_read_binary_file() and whole-file-at-once versions of pg_read_file().
One of the usages of the binary version is to read files in a different
encoding from the server encoding.

Dimitri Fontaine and Itagaki Takahiro.
2010-12-16 06:56:28 +09:00
Robert Haas
5f7b58fad8 Generalize concept of temporary relations to "relation persistence".
This commit replaces pg_class.relistemp with pg_class.relpersistence;
and also modifies the RangeVar node type to carry relpersistence rather
than istemp.  It also removes removes rd_istemp from RelationData and
instead performs the correct computation based on relpersistence.

For clarity, we add three new macros: RelationNeedsWAL(),
RelationUsesLocalBuffers(), and RelationUsesTempNamespace(), so that we
can clarify the purpose of each check that previous depended on
rd_istemp.

This is intended as infrastructure for the upcoming unlogged tables
patch, as well as for future possible work on global temporary tables.
2010-12-13 12:34:26 -05:00
Tom Lane
554506871b KNNGIST, otherwise known as order-by-operator support for GIST.
This commit represents a rather heavily editorialized version of
Teodor's builtin_knngist_itself-0.8.2 and builtin_knngist_proc-0.8.1
patches.  I redid the opclass API to add a separate Distance method
instead of turning the Consistent method into an illogical mess,
fixed some bit-rot in the rbtree interfaces, and generally worked over
the code style and comments.

There's still no non-code documentation to speak of, but I'll work on
that separately.  Some contrib-module changes are also yet to come
(right now, point <-> point is the only KNN-ified operator).

Teodor Sigaev and Tom Lane
2010-12-03 20:53:29 -05:00
Robert Haas
970a18687f Use GUC lexer for recovery.conf parsing.
This eliminates some crufty, special-purpose code and, as a non-trivial
side benefit, allows recovery.conf parameters to be unquoted.

Dimitri Fontaine, with review and cleanup by Alvaro Herrera, Itagaki
Takahiro, and me.
2010-12-03 08:56:44 -05:00
Tom Lane
d583f10b7e Create core infrastructure for KNNGIST.
This is a heavily revised version of builtin_knngist_core-0.9.  The
ordering operators are no longer mixed in with actual quals, which would
have confused not only humans but significant parts of the planner.
Instead, ordering operators are carried separately throughout planning and
execution.

Since the API for ambeginscan and amrescan functions had to be changed
anyway, this commit takes the opportunity to rationalize that a bit.
RelationGetIndexScan no longer forces a premature index_rescan call;
instead, callers of index_beginscan must call index_rescan too.  Aside from
making the AM-side initialization logic a bit less peculiar, this has the
advantage that we do not make a useless extra am_rescan call when there are
runtime key values.  AMs formerly could not assume that the key values
passed to amrescan were actually valid; now they can.

Teodor Sigaev and Tom Lane
2010-12-02 20:51:37 -05:00
Tom Lane
c0b5fac701 Simplify and speed up mapping of index opfamilies to pathkeys.
Formerly we looked up the operators associated with each index (caching
them in relcache) and then the planner looked up the btree opfamily
containing such operators in order to build the btree-centric pathkey
representation that describes the index's sort order.  This is quite
pointless for btree indexes: we might as well just use the index's opfamily
information directly.  That saves syscache lookup cycles during planning,
and furthermore allows us to eliminate the relcache's caching of operators
altogether, which may help in reducing backend startup time.

I added code to plancat.c to perform the same type of double lookup
on-the-fly if it's ever faced with a non-btree amcanorder index AM.
If such a thing actually becomes interesting for production, we should
replace that logic with some more-direct method for identifying the
corresponding btree opfamily; but it's not worth spending effort on now.

There is considerably more to do pursuant to my recent proposal to get rid
of sort-operator-based representations of sort orderings, but this patch
grabs some of the low-hanging fruit.  I'll look at the remainder of that
work after the current commitfest.
2010-11-29 12:30:43 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ba11258ccb When reporting the server as not responding, if the hostname was
supplied, also print the IP address.  This allows IPv4 and IPv6 failures
to be distinguished.  Also useful when a hostname resolves to multiple
IP addresses.

Also, remove use of inet_ntoa() and use our own inet_net_ntop() in all
places, including in libpq, because it is thread-safe.
2010-11-24 17:04:19 -05:00
Robert Haas
7504870778 Add new SQL function, format(text).
Currently, three conversion format specifiers are supported: %s for a
string, %L for an SQL literal, and %I for an SQL identifier.  The latter
two are deliberately designed not to overlap with what sprintf() already
supports, in case we want to add more of sprintf()'s functionality here
later.

Patch by Pavel Stehule, heavily revised by me.  Reviewed by Jeff Janes
and, in earlier versions, by Itagaki Takahiro and Tom Lane.
2010-11-20 22:33:27 -05:00
Robert Haas
4343c0e546 Expose quote_literal_cstr() from core.
This eliminates the need for inefficient implementions of this
functionality in both contrib/dblink and contrib/tablefunc, so remove
them.  The upcoming patch implementing an in-core format() function
will also require this functionality.

In passing, add some regression tests.
2010-11-20 10:04:48 -05:00
Robert Haas
4fc115b2e9 Speed up conversion of signed integers to C strings.
A hand-coded implementation turns out to be much faster than calling
printf().  In passing, add a few more regresion tests.

Andres Freund, with assorted, mostly cosmetic changes.
2010-11-19 22:13:11 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
6cc2deb86e Add pg_describe_object function
This function is useful to obtain textual descriptions of objects as
stored in pg_depend.
2010-11-18 17:06:19 -03:00
Tom Lane
186cbbda8f Provide hashing support for arrays.
The core of this patch is hash_array() and associated typcache
infrastructure, which works just about exactly like the existing support
for array comparison.

In addition I did some work to ensure that the planner won't think that an
array type is hashable unless its element type is hashable, and similarly
for sorting.  This includes adding a datatype parameter to op_hashjoinable
and op_mergejoinable, and adding an explicit "hashable" flag to
SortGroupClause.  The lack of a cross-check on the element type was a
pre-existing bug in mergejoin support --- but it didn't matter so much
before, because if you couldn't sort the element type there wasn't any good
alternative to failing anyhow.  Now that we have the alternative of hashing
the array type, there are cases where we can avoid a failure by being picky
at the planner stage, so it's time to be picky.

The issue of exactly how to combine the per-element hash values to produce
an array hash is still open for discussion, but the rest of this is pretty
solid, so I'll commit it as-is.
2010-10-30 21:56:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
84c123be1d Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type.
After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the
performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-24 23:05:41 -04:00
Tom Lane
529cb267a6 Improve handling of domains over arrays.
This patch eliminates various bizarre behaviors caused by sloppy thinking
about the difference between a domain type and its underlying array type.
In particular, the operation of updating one element of such an array
has to be considered as yielding a value of the underlying array type,
*not* a value of the domain, because there's no assurance that the
domain's CHECK constraints are still satisfied.  If we're intending to
store the result back into a domain column, we have to re-cast to the
domain type so that constraints are re-checked.

For similar reasons, such a domain can't be blindly matched to an ANYARRAY
polymorphic parameter, because the polymorphic function is likely to apply
array-ish operations that could invalidate the domain constraints.  For the
moment, we just forbid such matching.  We might later wish to insert an
automatic downcast to the underlying array type, but such a change should
also change matching of domains to ANYELEMENT for consistency.

To ensure that all such logic is rechecked, this patch removes the original
hack of setting a domain's pg_type.typelem field to match its base type;
the typelem will always be zero instead.  In those places where it's really
okay to look through the domain type with no other logic changes, use the
newly added get_base_element_type function in place of get_element_type.
catversion bumped due to change in pg_type contents.

Per bug #5717 from Richard Huxton and subsequent discussion.
2010-10-21 16:07:17 -04:00
Tom Lane
2ec993a7cb Support triggers on views.
This patch adds the SQL-standard concept of an INSTEAD OF trigger, which
is fired instead of performing a physical insert/update/delete.  The
trigger function is passed the entire old and/or new rows of the view,
and must figure out what to do to the underlying tables to implement
the update.  So this feature can be used to implement updatable views
using trigger programming style rather than rule hacking.

In passing, this patch corrects the names of some columns in the
information_schema.triggers view.  It seems the SQL committee renamed
them somewhere between SQL:99 and SQL:2003.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Bernd Helmle; some additional hacking by me.
2010-10-10 13:45:07 -04:00
Tom Lane
3ba11d3df2 Teach CLUSTER to use seqscan-and-sort when it's faster than indexscan.
... or at least, when the planner's cost estimates say it will be faster.

Leonardo Francalanci, reviewed by Itagaki Takahiro and Tom Lane
2010-10-07 20:00:28 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
fe9b36fd59 Convert cvsignore to gitignore, and add .gitignore for build targets. 2010-09-22 12:57:04 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
9f2e211386 Remove cvs keywords from all files. 2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
Tom Lane
303696c3b4 Install a data-type-based solution for protecting pg_get_expr().
Since the code underlying pg_get_expr() is not secure against malformed
input, and can't practically be made so, we need to prevent miscreants
from feeding arbitrary data to it.  We can do this securely by declaring
pg_get_expr() to take a new datatype "pg_node_tree" and declaring the
system catalog columns that hold nodeToString output to be of that type.
There is no way at SQL level to create a non-null value of type pg_node_tree.
Since the backend-internal operations that fill those catalog columns
operate below the SQL level, they are oblivious to the datatype relabeling
and don't need any changes.
2010-09-03 01:34:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
9513918c6c Fix up flushing of composite-type typcache entries to be driven directly by
SI invalidation events, rather than indirectly through the relcache.

In the previous coding, we had to flush a composite-type typcache entry
whenever we discarded the corresponding relcache entry.  This caused problems
at least when testing with RELCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE, as shown in recent report
from Jeff Davis, and might result in real-world problems given the kind of
unexpected relcache flush that that test mechanism is intended to model.

The new coding decouples relcache and typcache management, which is a good
thing anyway from a structural perspective.  The cost is that we have to
search the typcache linearly to find entries that need to be flushed.  There
are a couple of ways we could avoid that, but at the moment it's not clear
it's worth any extra trouble, because the typcache contains very few entries
in typical operation.

Back-patch to 8.2, the same as some other recent fixes in this general area.
The patch could be carried back to 8.0 with some additional work, but given
that it's only hypothetical whether we're fixing any problem observable in
the field, it doesn't seem worth the work now.
2010-09-02 03:16:46 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
49b27ab551 Add string functions: concat(), concat_ws(), left(), right(), and reverse().
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by me.
2010-08-24 06:30:44 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
3f11971916 Remove extra newlines at end and beginning of files, add missing newlines
at end of files.
2010-08-19 05:57:36 +00:00
Robert Haas
debcec7dc3 Include the backend ID in the relpath of temporary relations.
This allows us to reliably remove all leftover temporary relation
files on cluster startup without reference to system catalogs or WAL;
therefore, we no longer include temporary relations in XLOG_XACT_COMMIT
and XLOG_XACT_ABORT WAL records.

Since these changes require including a backend ID in each
SharedInvalSmgrMsg, the size of the SharedInvalidationMessage.id
field has been reduced from two bytes to one, and the maximum number
of connections has been reduced from INT_MAX / 4 to 2^23-1.  It would
be possible to remove these restrictions by increasing the size of
SharedInvalidationMessage by 4 bytes, but right now that doesn't seem
like a good trade-off.

Review by Jaime Casanova and Tom Lane.
2010-08-13 20:10:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
a0b7b717a4 Add xml_is_well_formed, xml_is_well_formed_document, xml_is_well_formed_content
functions to the core XML code.  Per discussion, the former depends on
XMLOPTION while the others do not.  These supersede a version previously
offered by contrib/xml2.

Mike Fowler, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2010-08-13 18:36:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
33f43725fb Add three-parameter forms of array_to_string and string_to_array, to allow
better handling of NULL elements within the arrays.  The third parameter
is a string that should be used to represent a NULL element, or should
be translated into a NULL element, respectively.  If the third parameter
is NULL it behaves the same as the two-parameter form.

There are two incompatible changes in the behavior of the two-parameter form
of string_to_array.  First, it will return an empty (zero-element) array
rather than NULL when the input string is of zero length.  Second, if the
field separator is NULL, the function splits the string into individual
characters, rather than returning NULL as before.  These two changes make
this form fully compatible with the behavior of the new three-parameter form.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Brendan Jurd
2010-08-10 21:51:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
4dfc457854 Add an xpath_exists() function. This is equivalent to XMLEXISTS except that
it offers support for namespace mapping.

Mike Fowler, reviewed by David Fetter
2010-08-08 19:15:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
b0c451e145 Remove the single-argument form of string_agg(). It added nothing much in
functionality, while creating an ambiguity in usage with ORDER BY that at
least two people have already gotten seriously confused by.  Also, add an
opr_sanity test to check that we don't in future violate the newly minted
policy of not having built-in aggregates with the same name and different
numbers of parameters.  Per discussion of a complaint from Thom Brown.
2010-08-05 18:21:19 +00:00
Robert Haas
2a6ef3445c Standardize get_whatever_oid functions for object types with
unqualified names.

- Add a missing_ok parameter to get_tablespace_oid.
- Avoid duplicating get_tablespace_od guts in objectNamesToOids.
- Add a missing_ok parameter to get_database_oid.
- Replace get_roleid and get_role_checked with get_role_oid.
- Add get_namespace_oid, get_language_oid, get_am_oid.
- Refactor existing code to use new interfaces.

Thanks to KaiGai Kohei for the review.
2010-08-05 14:45:09 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
641459f269 Add xmlexists function
by Mike Fowler, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut
2010-08-05 04:21:54 +00:00
Robert Haas
26e47efb66 Fix declared argument name for numeric_maximum_size.
The previous commit changed the function to say 'typmod' rather than
'typemod', but I forgot to update the header file.
2010-08-04 17:35:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
db04f2b322 Replace the naive HYPOT() macro with a standards-conformant hypotenuse
function.  This avoids unnecessary overflows and probably gives a more
accurate result as well.

Paul Matthews, reviewed by Andrew Geery
2010-08-03 21:21:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
0454f13161 Rewrite the rbtree routines so that an RBNode is the first field of the
struct representing a tree entry, rather than being a separately allocated
piece of storage.  This API is at least as clean as the old one (if not
more so --- there were some bizarre choices in there) and it permits a
very substantial memory savings, on the order of 2X in ginbulk.c's usage.

Also, fix minor memory leaks in code called by ginEntryInsert, in
particular in ginInsertValue and entryFillRoot, as well as ginEntryInsert
itself.  These leaks resulted in the GIN index build context continuing
to bloat even after we'd filled it to maintenance_work_mem and started
to dump data out to the index.

In combination these fixes restore the GIN index build code to honoring
the maintenance_work_mem limit about as well as it did in 8.4.  Speed
seems on par with 8.4 too, maybe even a bit faster, for a non-pathological
case in which HEAD was formerly slower.

Back-patch to 9.0 so we don't have a performance regression from 8.4.
2010-08-01 02:12:42 +00:00
Robert Haas
8a4dc94ca0 Make details of the Numeric representation private to numeric.c.
Review by Tom Lane.
2010-07-30 04:30:23 +00:00
Robert Haas
ce68df468a Add options to force quoting of all identifiers.
I've added a quote_all_identifiers GUC which affects the behavior
of the backend, and a --quote-all-identifiers argument to pg_dump
and pg_dumpall which sets the GUC and also affects the quoting done
internally by those applications.

Design by Tom Lane; review by Alex Hunsaker; in response to bug #5488
filed by Hartmut Goebel.
2010-07-22 01:22:35 +00:00
Robert Haas
5ffaa9005c Add restart_after_crash GUC.
Normally, we automatically restart after a backend crash, but in some
cases when PostgreSQL is invoked by clusterware it may be desirable to
suppress this behavior, so we provide an option which does this.
Since no existing GUC group quite fits, create a new group called
"error handling options" for this and the previously undocumented GUC
exit_on_error, which is now documented.

Review by Fujii Masao.
2010-07-20 00:47:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
7590ddb3eb Add support for dividing money by money (yielding a float8 result) and for
casting between money and numeric.

Andy Balholm, reviewed by Kevin Grittner
2010-07-16 02:15:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
1cc29fe7c6 Teach EXPLAIN to print PARAM_EXEC Params as the referenced expressions,
rather than just $N.  This brings the display of nestloop-inner-indexscan
plans back to where it's been, and incidentally improves the display of
SubPlan parameters as well.  In passing, simplify the EXPLAIN code by
having it deal primarily in the PlanState tree rather than separately
searching Plan and PlanState trees.  This is noticeably cleaner for
subplans, and about a wash elsewhere.

One small difference from previous behavior is that EXPLAIN will no longer
qualify local variable references in inner-indexscan plan nodes, since it
no longer sees such nodes as possibly referencing multiple tables.  Vars
referenced through PARAM_EXEC Params are still forcibly qualified, though,
so I don't think the display is any more confusing than before.  Adjust a
couple of examples in the documentation to match this behavior.
2010-07-13 20:57:19 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
239d769e7e pgindent run for 9.0, second run 2010-07-06 19:19:02 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
eb81b6509f The previous fix in CVS HEAD and 8.4 for handling the case where a cursor
being used in a PL/pgSQL FOR loop is closed was inadequate, as Tom Lane
pointed out. The bug affects FOR statement variants too, because you can
close an implicitly created cursor too by guessing the "<unnamed portal X>"
name created for it.

To fix that, "pin" the portal to prevent it from being dropped while it's
being used in a PL/pgSQL FOR loop. Backpatch all the way to 7.4 which is
the oldest supported version.
2010-07-05 09:27:18 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
41f302b52a Add new GUC categories corresponding to sections in docs, and move
description for vacuum_defer_cleanup_age to the correct category.
Sections in postgresql.conf are also sorted in the same order with docs.

Per gripe by Fujii Masao, suggestion by Heikki Linnakangas, and patch by me.
2010-06-15 07:52:11 +00:00
Robert Haas
26b7abfa32 Fix ALTER LARGE OBJECT and GRANT ... ON LARGE OBJECT for large OIDs.
The previous coding failed for OIDs too large to be represented by
a signed integer.
2010-06-13 17:43:13 +00:00
Robert Haas
dd6fcd35e3 Change typedef for rb_appendator to avoid conflict with C++ reserved words.
Fixes a complaint from src/tools/pginclude/cpluspluscheck reported by
Peter Eisentraut.
2010-05-11 18:14:01 +00:00
Simon Riggs
90e04bab39 Patch revoked because of objections. 2010-04-24 16:20:32 +00:00
Simon Riggs
473af39737 Add missing optimizer hooks for function cost and number of rows.
Closely follow design of other optimizer hooks: if hook exists
retrieve value from plugin; if still not set then get from cache.
2010-04-23 22:23:39 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
be8cebc717 Prevent ALTER USER f RESET ALL from removing the settings that were put there
by a superuser -- "ALTER USER f RESET setting" already disallows removing such a
setting.

Apply the same treatment to ALTER DATABASE d RESET ALL when run by a database
owner that's not superuser.
2010-03-25 14:44:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a6c1cea2b7 Add libpq warning message if the .pgpass-retrieved password fails.
Add ERRCODE_INVALID_PASSWORD sqlstate error code.
2010-03-13 14:55:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
8bf14182cf Export xml.c's libxml-error-handling support so that contrib/xml2 can use it
too, instead of duplicating the functionality (badly).

I renamed xml_init to pg_xml_init, because the former seemed just a bit too
generic to be safe as a global symbol.  I considered likewise renaming
xml_ereport to pg_xml_ereport, but felt that the reference to ereport probably
made it sufficiently PG-centric already.
2010-03-03 17:29:45 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
65e806cba1 pgindent run for 9.0 2010-02-26 02:01:40 +00:00
Robert Haas
e26c539e9f Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros.
The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller
of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists,
GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number
of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4).  This will
make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a
future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code
shorter, too.

Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 18:42:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
7507b193bc Don't expose the inline definition of MemoryContextSwitchTo when FRONTEND is
defined.  Its reference to CurrentMemoryContext causes link failures on some
platforms, evidently because the inline function gets compiled despite lack of
use.  Per buildfarm member warthog.
2010-02-13 20:46:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
e08ab7c312 Support inlining various small performance-critical functions on non-GCC
compilers, by applying a configure check to see if the compiler will accept
an unreferenced "static inline foo ..." function without warnings.  It is
believed that such warnings are the only reason not to declare inlined
functions in headers, if the compiler understands "inline" at all.

Kurt Harriman
2010-02-13 02:34:16 +00:00
Teodor Sigaev
5209c084a6 Generic implementation of red-black binary tree. It's planned to use in
several places, but for now only GIN uses it during index creation.
Using self-balanced tree greatly speeds up index creation in corner cases
with preordered data.
2010-02-11 14:29:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
cbe9d6beb4 Fix up rickety handling of relation-truncation interlocks.
Move rd_targblock, rd_fsm_nblocks, and rd_vm_nblocks from relcache to the smgr
relation entries, so that they will get reset to InvalidBlockNumber whenever
an smgr-level flush happens.  Because we now send smgr invalidation messages
immediately (not at end of transaction) when a relation truncation occurs,
this ensures that other backends will reset their values before they next
access the relation.  We no longer need the unreliable assumption that a
VACUUM that's doing a truncation will hold its AccessExclusive lock until
commit --- in fact, we can intentionally release that lock as soon as we've
completed the truncation.  This patch therefore reverts (most of) Alvaro's
patch of 2009-11-10, as well as my marginal hacking on it yesterday.  We can
also get rid of assorted no-longer-needed relcache flushes, which are far more
expensive than an smgr flush because they kill a lot more state.

In passing this patch fixes smgr_redo's failure to perform visibility-map
truncation, and cleans up some rather dubious assumptions in freespace.c and
visibilitymap.c about when rd_fsm_nblocks and rd_vm_nblocks can be out of
date.
2010-02-09 21:43:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
9a75803b1a Remove CatalogCacheFlushRelation, and the reloidattr infrastructure that was
needed by nothing else.

The restructuring I just finished doing on cache management exposed to me how
silly this routine was.  Its function was to go into the catcache and blow
away all entries related to a given relation when there was a relcache flush
on that relation.  However, there is no point in removing a catcache entry
if the catalog row it represents is still valid --- and if it isn't valid,
there must have been a catcache entry flush on it, because that's triggered
directly by heap_update or heap_delete on the catalog row.  So this routine
accomplished nothing except to blow away valid cache entries that we'd very
likely be wanting in the near future to help reconstruct the relcache entry.
Dumb.

On top of which, it required a subtle and easy-to-get-wrong attribute in
syscache definitions, ie, the column containing the OID of the related
relation if any.  Removing that is a very useful maintenance simplification.
2010-02-08 05:53:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
0a469c8769 Remove old-style VACUUM FULL (which was known for a little while as
VACUUM FULL INPLACE), along with a boatload of subsidiary code and complexity.
Per discussion, the use case for this method of vacuuming is no longer large
enough to justify maintaining it; not to mention that we don't wish to invest
the work that would be needed to make it play nicely with Hot Standby.

Aside from the code directly related to old-style VACUUM FULL, this commit
removes support for certain WAL record types that could only be generated
within VACUUM FULL, redirect-pointer removal in heap_page_prune, and
nontransactional generation of cache invalidation sinval messages (the last
being the sticking point for Hot Standby).

We still have to retain all code that copes with finding HEAP_MOVED_OFF and
HEAP_MOVED_IN flag bits on existing tuples.  This can't be removed as long
as we want to support in-place update from pre-9.0 databases.
2010-02-08 04:33:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
b9b8831ad6 Create a "relation mapping" infrastructure to support changing the relfilenodes
of shared or nailed system catalogs.  This has two key benefits:

* The new CLUSTER-based VACUUM FULL can be applied safely to all catalogs.

* We no longer have to use an unsafe reindex-in-place approach for reindexing
  shared catalogs.

CLUSTER on nailed catalogs now works too, although I left it disabled on
shared catalogs because the resulting pg_index.indisclustered update would
only be visible in one database.

Since reindexing shared system catalogs is now fully transactional and
crash-safe, the former special cases in REINDEX behavior have been removed;
shared catalogs are treated the same as non-shared.

This commit does not do anything about the recently-discussed problem of
deadlocks between VACUUM FULL/CLUSTER on a system catalog and other
concurrent queries; will address that in a separate patch.  As a stopgap,
parallel_schedule has been tweaked to run vacuum.sql by itself, to avoid
such failures during the regression tests.
2010-02-07 20:48:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
9727c583fe Restructure CLUSTER/newstyle VACUUM FULL/ALTER TABLE support so that swapping
of old and new toast tables can be done either at the logical level (by
swapping the heaps' reltoastrelid links) or at the physical level (by swapping
the relfilenodes of the toast tables and their indexes).  This is necessary
infrastructure for upcoming changes to support CLUSTER/VAC FULL on shared
system catalogs, where we cannot change reltoastrelid.  The physical swap
saves a few catalog updates too.

We unfortunately have to keep the logical-level swap logic because in some
cases we will be adding or deleting a toast table, so there's no possibility
of a physical swap.  However, that only happens as a consequence of schema
changes in the table, which we do not need to support for system catalogs,
so such cases aren't an obstacle for that.

In passing, refactor the cluster support functions a little bit to eliminate
unnecessarily-duplicated code; and fix the problem that while CLUSTER had
been taught to rename the final toast table at need, ALTER TABLE had not.
2010-02-04 00:09:14 +00:00
Tom Lane
70a2b05a59 Assorted cleanups in preparation for using a map file to support altering
the relfilenode of currently-not-relocatable system catalogs.

1. Get rid of inval.c's dependency on relfilenode, by not having it emit
smgr invalidations as a result of relcache flushes.  Instead, smgr sinval
messages are sent directly from smgr.c when an actual relation delete or
truncate is done.  This makes considerably more structural sense and allows
elimination of a large number of useless smgr inval messages that were
formerly sent even in cases where nothing was changing at the
physical-relation level.  Note that this reintroduces the concept of
nontransactional inval messages, but that's okay --- because the messages
are sent by smgr.c, they will be sent in Hot Standby slaves, just from a
lower logical level than before.

2. Move setNewRelfilenode out of catalog/index.c, where it never logically
belonged, into relcache.c; which is a somewhat debatable choice as well but
better than before.  (I considered catalog/storage.c, but that seemed too
low level.)  Rename to RelationSetNewRelfilenode.

3. Cosmetic cleanups of some other relfilenode manipulations.
2010-02-03 01:14:17 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
9ea9918e37 Add string_agg aggregate functions. The one argument version concatenates
the input values into a string. The two argument version also does the same
thing, but inserts delimiters between elements.

Original patch by Pavel Stehule, reviewed by David E. Wheeler and me.
2010-02-01 03:14:45 +00:00
Tom Lane
d879697cd2 Remove the default_do_language parameter, instead making DO use a hardwired
default of "plpgsql".  This is more reasonable than it was when the DO patch
was written, because we have since decided that plpgsql should be installed
by default.  Per discussion, having a parameter for this doesn't seem useful
enough to justify the risk of application breakage if the value is changed
unexpectedly.
2010-01-26 16:33:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
9507c8a1db Add get_bit/set_bit functions for bit strings, paralleling those for bytea,
and implement OVERLAY() for bit strings and bytea.

In passing also convert text OVERLAY() to a true built-in, instead of
relying on a SQL function.

Leonardo F, reviewed by Kevin Grittner
2010-01-25 20:55:32 +00:00
Robert Haas
d779199175 Fix several oversights in previous commit - attribute options patch.
I failed to 'cvs add' the new files and also neglected to bump catversion.
2010-01-22 16:42:31 +00:00
Tom Lane
4f15699d70 Add pg_table_size() and pg_indexes_size() to provide more user-friendly
wrappers around the pg_relation_size() function.

Bernd Helmle, reviewed by Greg Smith
2010-01-19 05:50:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
9a915e596f Improve the handling of SET CONSTRAINTS commands by having them search
pg_constraint before searching pg_trigger.  This allows saner handling of
corner cases; in particular we now say "constraint is not deferrable"
rather than "constraint does not exist" when the command is applied to
a constraint that's inherently non-deferrable.  Per a gripe several months
ago from hubert depesz lubaczewski.

To make this work without breaking user-defined constraint triggers,
we have to add entries for them to pg_constraint.  However, in return
we can remove the pgconstrname column from pg_constraint, which represents
a fairly sizable space savings.  I also replaced the tgisconstraint column
with tgisinternal; the old meaning of tgisconstraint can now be had by
testing for nonzero tgconstraint, while there is no other way to get
the old meaning of nonzero tgconstraint, namely that the trigger was
internally generated rather than being user-created.

In passing, fix an old misstatement in the docs and comments, namely that
pg_trigger.tgdeferrable is exactly redundant with pg_constraint.condeferrable.
Actually, we mark RI action triggers as nondeferrable even when they belong to
a nominally deferrable FK constraint.  The SET CONSTRAINTS code now relies on
that instead of hard-coding a list of exception OIDs.
2010-01-17 22:56:23 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
40f908bdcd Introduce Streaming Replication.
This includes two new kinds of postmaster processes, walsenders and
walreceiver. Walreceiver is responsible for connecting to the primary server
and streaming WAL to disk, while walsender runs in the primary server and
streams WAL from disk to the client.

Documentation still needs work, but the basics are there. We will probably
pull the replication section to a new chapter later on, as well as the
sections describing file-based replication. But let's do that as a separate
patch, so that it's easier to see what has been added/changed. This patch
also adds a new section to the chapter about FE/BE protocol, documenting the
protocol used by walsender/walreceivxer.

Bump catalog version because of two new functions,
pg_last_xlog_receive_location() and pg_last_xlog_replay_location(), for
monitoring the progress of replication.

Fujii Masao, with additional hacking by me
2010-01-15 09:19:10 +00:00
Teodor Sigaev
4cbe473938 Add point_ops opclass for GiST. 2010-01-14 16:31:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
6164b4bc19 Some trivial adjustments in comments for struct RelationData. 2010-01-10 22:19:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
50626efe0a Fix 3-parameter form of bit substring() to throw error for negative length,
as required by SQL standard.
2010-01-07 20:17:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
901be0fad4 Remove all the special-case code for INT64_IS_BUSTED, per decision that
we're not going to support that anymore.

I did keep the 64-bit-CRC-with-32-bit-arithmetic code, since it has a
performance excuse to live.  It's a bit moot since that's all ifdef'd
out, of course.
2010-01-07 04:53:35 +00:00
Robert Haas
d86d51a958 Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ).
This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters,
but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more.
In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency,
but I'm leaving that as future work for now.

Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 21:54:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
40608e7f94 When estimating the selectivity of an inequality "column > constant" or
"column < constant", and the comparison value is in the first or last
histogram bin or outside the histogram entirely, try to fetch the actual
column min or max value using an index scan (if there is an index on the
column).  If successful, replace the lower or upper histogram bound with
that value before carrying on with the estimate.  This limits the
estimation error caused by moving min/max values when the comparison
value is close to the min or max.  Per a complaint from Josh Berkus.

It is tempting to consider using this mechanism for mergejoinscansel as well,
but that would inject index fetches into main-line join estimation not just
endpoint cases.  I'm refraining from that until we can get a better handle
on the costs of doing this type of lookup.
2010-01-04 02:44:40 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0239800893 Update copyright for the year 2010. 2010-01-02 16:58:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
649b5ec7c8 Add the ability to store inheritance-tree statistics in pg_statistic,
and teach ANALYZE to compute such stats for tables that have subclasses.
Per my proposal of yesterday.

autovacuum still needs to be taught about running ANALYZE on parent tables
when their subclasses change, but the feature is useful even without that.
2009-12-29 20:11:45 +00:00
Simon Riggs
efc16ea520 Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.

New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.

This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.

Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.

Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 01:32:45 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
f1325ce213 Add large object access control.
A new system catalog pg_largeobject_metadata manages
ownership and access privileges of large objects.

KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Jaime Casanova.
2009-12-11 03:34:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
62aba76568 Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within
an allegedly immutable index function.  It was previously recognized that
we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION
AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session
user.  However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes
of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change
settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session.
Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to
be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one
that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing.

The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against
these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection
against the SET ROLE issue.  GUC changes are still allowed, since there are
many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a
rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation.  Other cases are
handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp
table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared
statement.  (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't
exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.)

Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by
Tom Lane.

Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 21:57:51 +00:00
Tom Lane
0cb65564e5 Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to
support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality.  Two rows
violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for
each of the columns in the constraint.

Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 05:22:23 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
36f887c41c Speed up information schema privilege views
Instead of expensive cross joins to resolve the ACL, add table-returning
function aclexplode() that expands the ACL into a useful form, and join
against that.

Also, implement the role_*_grants views as a thin layer over the respective
*_privileges views instead of essentially repeating the same code twice.

fixes bug #4596

by Joachim Wieland, with cleanup by me
2009-12-05 21:43:36 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ab3148b712 Fix bug in temporary file management with subtransactions. A cursor opened
in a subtransaction stays open even if the subtransaction is aborted, so
any temporary files related to it must stay alive as well. With the patch,
we use ResourceOwners to track open temporary files and don't automatically
close them at subtransaction end (though in the normal case temporary files
are registered with the subtransaction resource owner and will therefore be
closed).

At end of top transaction, we still check that there's no temporary files
marked as close-at-end-of-transaction open, but that's now just a debugging
cross-check as the resource owner cleanup should've closed them already.
2009-12-03 11:03:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
8217cfbd99 Add support for an application_name parameter, which is displayed in
pg_stat_activity and recorded in log entries.

Dave Page, reviewed by Andres Freund
2009-11-28 23:38:08 +00:00
Tom Lane
7fc0f06221 Add a WHEN clause to CREATE TRIGGER, allowing a boolean expression to be
checked to determine whether the trigger should be fired.

For BEFORE triggers this is mostly a matter of spec compliance; but for AFTER
triggers it can provide a noticeable performance improvement, since queuing of
a deferred trigger event and re-fetching of the row(s) at end of statement can
be short-circuited if the trigger does not need to be fired.

Takahiro Itagaki, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei.
2009-11-20 20:38:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
9bedd128d6 Add support for invoking parser callback hooks via SPI and in cached plans.
As proof of concept, modify plpgsql to use the hooks.  plpgsql is still
inserting $n symbols textually, but the "back end" of the parsing process now
goes through the ParamRef hook instead of using a fixed parameter-type array,
and then execution only fetches actually-referenced parameters, using a hook
added to ParamListInfo.

Although there's a lot left to be done in plpgsql, this already cures the
"if (TG_OP = 'INSERT' and NEW.foo ...)"  problem, as illustrated by the
changed regression test.
2009-11-04 22:26:08 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2078e384a3 Fix range check in date_recv that tried to limit accepted values to only
those accepted by date_in(). I confused julian day numbers and number of
days since the postgres epoch 2000-01-01 in the original patch.

I just noticed that it's still easy to get such out-of-range values into
the database using to_date or +- operators, but this patch doesn't do
anything about those functions.

Per report from James Pye.
2009-10-26 16:13:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
ab61df9e52 Remove regex_flavor GUC, so that regular expressions are always "advanced"
style by default.  Per discussion, there seems to be hardly anything that
really relies on being able to change the regex flavor, so the ability to
select it via embedded options ought to be enough for any stragglers.
Also, if we didn't remove the GUC, we'd really be morally obligated to
mark the regex functions non-immutable, which'd possibly create performance
issues.
2009-10-21 20:38:58 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
201e5b282b Add new PGC_S_DATABASE_USER enum value to several places missed by my patch
last week.

Per note and patch from Jeff Davis.
2009-10-13 14:18:40 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
b865d27582 Use pg_get_triggerdef in pg_dump
Add a variant of pg_get_triggerdef with a second argument "pretty" that
causes the output to be formatted in the way pg_dump used to do.  Use this
variant in pg_dump with server versions >= 8.5.

This insulates pg_dump from most future trigger feature additions, such as
the upcoming column triggers patch.

Author: Itagaki Takahiro <itagaki.takahiro@oss.ntt.co.jp>
2009-10-09 21:02:56 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
2eda8dfb52 Make it possibly to specify GUC params per user and per database.
Create a new catalog pg_db_role_setting where they are now stored, and better
encapsulate the code that deals with settings into its realm.  The old
datconfig and rolconfig columns are removed.

psql has gained a \drds command to display the settings.

Backwards compatibility warning: while the backwards-compatible system views
still have the config columns, they no longer completely represent the
configuration for a user or database.

Catalog version bumped.
2009-10-07 22:14:26 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
07cefdfb7a Fix snapshot management, take two.
Partially revert the previous patch I installed and replace it with a more
general fix: any time a snapshot is pushed as Active, we need to ensure that it
will not be modified in the future.  This means that if the same snapshot is
used as CurrentSnapshot, it needs to be copied separately.  This affects
serializable transactions only, because CurrentSnapshot has already been copied
by RegisterSnapshot and so PushActiveSnapshot does not think it needs another
copy.  However, CommandCounterIncrement would modify CurrentSnapshot, whereas
ActiveSnapshots must not have their command counters incremented.

I say "partially" because the regression test I added for the previous bug
has been kept.

(This restores 8.3 behavior, because before snapmgr.c existed, any snapshot set
as Active was copied.)

Per bug report from Stuart Bishop in
6bc73d4c0910042358k3d1adff3qa36f8df75198ecea@mail.gmail.com
2009-10-07 16:27:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
249724cb01 Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust
the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects.

Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects
created in particular schemas too.  A notable benefit is that users can
override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE
privilege traditionally granted by default for functions.

Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 19:24:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
54d60bbd07 Fix a couple of issues in recent patch to print updates to postgresql.conf
settings: avoid calling superuser() in contexts where it's not defined,
don't leak the transient copies of GetConfigOption output, and avoid the
whole exercise in postmaster child processes.

I found that actually no current caller of GetConfigOption has any use for
its internal check of GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY.  But rather than just remove
that entirely, it seemed better to add a parameter indicating whether to
enforce the check.

Per report from Simon and subsequent testing.
2009-10-03 18:04:57 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
caa4cfa369 Ensure that a cursor has an immutable snapshot throughout its lifespan.
The old coding was using a regular snapshot, referenced elsewhere, that was
subject to having its command counter updated.  Fix by creating a private copy
of the snapshot exclusively for the cursor.

Backpatch to 8.4, which is when the bug was introduced during the snapshot
management rewrite.
2009-10-02 17:57:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
9048b73184 Implement the DO statement to support execution of PL code without having
to create a function for it.

Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function
to execute an inline code block.  This seemed a better design than trying
to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL.  As of this patch, only
plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers
for the other standard PLs.

In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE.

Petr Jelinek
2009-09-22 23:43:43 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
3ab8b7fa6f Fix/improve bytea and boolean support in PL/Python
Before, PL/Python converted data between SQL and Python by going
through a C string representation.  This broke for bytea in two ways:

- On input (function parameters), you would get a Python string that
  contains bytea's particular external representation with backslashes
  etc., instead of a sequence of bytes, which is what you would expect
  in a Python environment.  This problem is exacerbated by the new
  bytea output format.

- On output (function return value), null bytes in the Python string
  would cause truncation before the data gets stored into a bytea
  datum.

This is now fixed by converting directly between the PostgreSQL datum
and the Python representation.

The required generalized infrastructure also allows for other
improvements in passing:

- When returning a boolean value, the SQL datum is now true if and
  only if Python considers the value that was passed out of the
  PL/Python function to be true.  Previously, this determination was
  left to the boolean data type input function.  So, now returning
  'foo' results in true, because Python considers it true, rather than
  false because PostgreSQL considers it false.

- On input, we can convert the integer and float types directly to
  their Python equivalents without having to go through an
  intermediate string representation.

original patch by Caleb Welton, with updates by myself
2009-09-09 19:00:09 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7be39bb0be Tigthen binary receive functions so that they reject values that the text
input functions don't accept either. While the backend can handle such
values fine, they can cause trouble in clients and in pg_dump/restore.

This is followup to the original issue on time datatype reported by Andrew
McNamara a while ago. Like that one, none of these seem worth
back-patching.
2009-09-04 11:20:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
187e5d8981 Disallow RESET ROLE and RESET SESSION AUTHORIZATION inside security-definer
functions.

This extends the previous patch that forbade SETting these variables inside
security-definer functions.  RESET is equally a security hole, since it
would allow regaining privileges of the caller; furthermore it can trigger
Assert failures and perhaps other internal errors, since the code is not
expecting these variables to change in such contexts.  The previous patch
did not cover this case because assign hooks don't really have enough
information, so move the responsibility for preventing this into guc.c.

Problem discovered by Heikki Linnakangas.

Security: no CVE assigned yet, extends CVE-2007-6600
2009-09-03 22:08:05 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
a8bb8eb583 Remove flatfiles.c, which is now obsolete.
Recent commits have removed the various uses it was supporting.  It was a
performance bottleneck, according to bug report #4919 by Lauris Ulmanis; seems
it slowed down user creation after a billion users.
2009-09-01 02:54:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
e710b65c1c Remove the use of the pg_auth flat file for client authentication.
(That flat file is now completely useless, but removal will come later.)

To do this, postpone client authentication into the startup transaction
that's run by InitPostgres.  We still collect the startup packet and do
SSL initialization (if needed) at the same time we did before.  The
AuthenticationTimeout is applied separately to startup packet collection
and the actual authentication cycle.  (This is a bit annoying, since it
means a couple extra syscalls; but the signal handling requirements inside
and outside a transaction are sufficiently different that it seems best
to treat the timeouts as completely independent.)

A small security disadvantage is that if the given database name is invalid,
this will be reported to the client before any authentication happens.
We could work around that by connecting to database "postgres" instead,
but consensus seems to be that it's not worth introducing such surprising
behavior.

Processing of all command-line switches and GUC options received from the
client is now postponed until after authentication.  This means that
PostAuthDelay is much less useful than it used to be --- if you need to
investigate problems during InitPostgres you'll have to set PreAuthDelay
instead.  However, allowing an unauthenticated user to set any GUC options
whatever seems a bit too risky, so we'll live with that.
2009-08-29 19:26:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
3bd2241135 Fix overflow for INTERVAL 'x ms' where x is more than a couple million,
and integer datetimes are in use.  Per bug report from Hubert Depesz
Lubaczewski.

Alex Hunsaker
2009-08-18 21:23:14 +00:00
Tom Lane
04011cc970 Allow backends to start up without use of the flat-file copy of pg_database.
To make this work in the base case, pg_database now has a nailed-in-cache
relation descriptor that is initialized using hardwired knowledge in
relcache.c.  This means pg_database is added to the set of relations that
need to have a Schema_pg_xxx macro maintained in pg_attribute.h.  When this
path is taken, we'll have to do a seqscan of pg_database to find the row
we need.

In the normal case, we are able to do an indexscan to find the database's row
by name.  This is made possible by storing a global relcache init file that
describes only the shared catalogs and their indexes (and therefore is usable
by all backends in any database).  A new backend loads this cache file,
finds its database OID after an indexscan on pg_database, and then loads
the local relcache init file for that database.

This change should effectively eliminate number of databases as a factor
in backend startup time, even with large numbers of databases.  However,
the real reason for doing it is as a first step towards getting rid of
the flat files altogether.  There are still several other sub-projects
to be tackled before that can happen.
2009-08-12 20:53:31 +00:00
Tom Lane
e61fd4ac74 Support EEEE (scientific notation) in to_char().
Pavel Stehule, Brendan Jurd
2009-08-10 18:29:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
9bd27b7c9e Extend EXPLAIN to support output in XML or JSON format.
There are probably still some adjustments to be made in the details
of the output, but this gets the basic structure in place.

Robert Haas
2009-08-10 05:46:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
a2a8c7a662 Support hex-string input and output for type BYTEA.
Both hex format and the traditional "escape" format are automatically
handled on input.  The output format is selected by the new GUC variable
bytea_output.

As committed, bytea_output defaults to HEX, which is an *incompatible
change*.  We will keep it this way for awhile for testing purposes, but
should consider whether to switch to the more backwards-compatible
default of ESCAPE before 8.5 is released.

Peter Eisentraut
2009-08-04 16:08:37 +00:00
Joe Conway
be6bca23b3 Implement has_sequence_privilege()
Add family of functions that did not exist earlier,
mainly due to historical omission. Original patch by
Abhijit Menon-Sen, with review and modifications by
Joe Conway. catversion.h bumped.
2009-08-03 21:11:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
b680ae4bdb Improve unique-constraint-violation error messages to include the exact
values being complained of.

In passing, also remove the arbitrary length limitation in the similar
error detail message for foreign key violations.

Itagaki Takahiro
2009-08-01 19:59:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
25d9bf2e3e Support deferrable uniqueness constraints.
The current implementation fires an AFTER ROW trigger for each tuple that
looks like it might be non-unique according to the index contents at the
time of insertion.  This works well as long as there aren't many conflicts,
but won't scale to massive unique-key reassignments.  Improving that case
is a TODO item.

Dean Rasheed
2009-07-29 20:56:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
c1b9ec24ef Add system catalog columns pg_constraint.conindid and pg_trigger.tgconstrindid.
conindid is the index supporting a constraint.  We can use this not only for
unique/primary-key constraints, but also foreign-key constraints, which
depend on the unique index that constrains the referenced columns.
tgconstrindid is just copied from the constraint's conindid field, or is
zero for triggers not associated with constraints.

This is mainly intended as infrastructure for upcoming patches, but it has
some virtue in itself, since it exposes a relationship that you formerly
had to grovel in pg_depend to determine.  I simplified one information_schema
view accordingly.  (There is a pg_dump query that could also use conindid,
but I left it alone because it wasn't clear it'd get any faster.)
2009-07-28 02:56:31 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
de160e2c00 Make backend header files C++ safe
This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar
identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright.  You still
(probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers.

based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org>

Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the
future.  As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 06:33:46 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
e292dbcf54 More sensible character_octet_length
For character types with typmod, character_octet_length columns in the
information schema now show the maximum character length times the
maximum length of a character in the server encoding, instead of some
huge value as before.
2009-07-07 18:23:15 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d747140279 8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list
provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 14:49:15 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
9b7304bc25 Fix xmlattribute escaping XML special characters twice (bug #4822).
Author: Itagaki Takahiro <itagaki.takahiro@oss.ntt.co.jp>
2009-06-09 22:00:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
76d4abf2d9 Improve the recently-added support for properly pluralized error messages
by extending the ereport() API to cater for pluralization directly.  This
is better than the original method of calling ngettext outside the elog.c
code because (1) it avoids double translation, which wastes cycles and in
the worst case could give a wrong result; and (2) it avoids having to use
a different coding method in PL code than in the core backend.  The
client-side uses of ngettext are not touched since neither of these concerns
is very pressing in the client environment.  Per my proposal of yesterday.
2009-06-04 18:33:08 +00:00
Tom Lane
b3b89fd1f1 Fix DecodeInterval to report an error for multiple occurrences of DAY, WEEK,
YEAR, DECADE, CENTURY, or MILLENIUM fields, just as it always has done for
other types of fields.  The previous behavior seems to have been a hack to
avoid defining bit-positions for all these field types in DTK_M() masks,
rather than something that was really considered to be desired behavior.
But there is room in the masks for these, and we really need to tighten up
at least the behavior of DAY and YEAR fields to avoid unexpected behavior
associated with the 8.4 changes to interpret ambiguous fields based on the
interval qualifier (typmod) value.  Per my example and proposed patch.
2009-06-01 16:55:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
99bf328237 Remove the useless and rather inconsistent return values of EncodeDateOnly,
EncodeTimeOnly, EncodeDateTime, EncodeInterval.  These don't have any good
reason to fail, and their callers were mostly not checking anyway.
2009-05-26 02:17:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
23543c732b Rewrite xml.c's memory management (yet again). Give up on the idea of
redirecting libxml's allocations into a Postgres context.  Instead, just let
it use malloc directly, and add PG_TRY blocks as needed to be sure we release
libxml data structures in error recovery code paths.  This is ugly but seems
much more likely to play nicely with third-party uses of libxml, as seen in
recent trouble reports about using Perl XML facilities in pl/perl and bug
#4774 about contrib/xml2.

I left the code for allocation redirection in place, but it's only
built/used if you #define USE_LIBXMLCONTEXT.  This is because I found it
useful to corral libxml's allocations in a palloc context when hunting
for libxml memory leaks, and we're surely going to have more of those
in the future with this type of approach.  But we don't want it turned on
in a normal build because it breaks exactly what we need to fix.

I have not re-indented most of the code sections that are now wrapped
by PG_TRY(); that's for ease of review.  pg_indent will fix it.

This is a pre-existing bug in 8.3, but I don't dare back-patch this change
until it's gotten a reasonable amount of field testing.
2009-05-13 20:27:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
06e2757277 Remove SQL-compatibility function cardinality(). It is not exactly clear
how this ought to behave for multi-dimensional arrays.  Per discussion,
not having it at all seems better than having it with what might prove
to be the wrong behavior.  We can always add it later when we have consensus
on the correct behavior.
2009-04-09 17:39:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
f2110a757d Change cardinality() into a C-code function, instead of a SQL-language
alias for array_length(v,1).  The efficiency gain here is doubtless
negligible --- what I'm interested in is making sure that if we have
second thoughts about the definition, we will not have to force a
post-beta initdb to change the implementation.
2009-04-05 22:28:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
948d6ec90f Modify the relcache to record the temp status of both local and nonlocal
temp relations; this is no more expensive than before, now that we have
pg_class.relistemp.  Insert tests into bufmgr.c to prevent attempting
to fetch pages from nonlocal temp relations.  This provides a low-level
defense against bugs-of-omission allowing temp pages to be loaded into shared
buffers, as in the contrib/pgstattuple problem reported by Stuart Bishop.
While at it, tweak a bunch of places to use new relcache tests (instead of
expensive probes into pg_namespace) to detect local or nonlocal temp tables.
2009-03-31 22:12:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
25bf7f8b9b Fix possible failures when a tuplestore switches from in-memory to on-disk
mode while callers hold pointers to in-memory tuples.  I reported this for
the case of nodeWindowAgg's primary scan tuple, but inspection of the code
shows that all of the calls in nodeWindowAgg and nodeCtescan are at risk.
For the moment, fix it with a rather brute-force approach of copying
whenever one of the at-risk callers requests a tuple.  Later we might
think of some sort of reference-count approach to reduce tuple copying.
2009-03-27 18:30:21 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
05a7db0582 Accept 'on' and 'off' as input for boolean data type, unifying the syntax
that the data type and GUC accepts.

ITAGAKI Takahiro
2009-03-09 14:34:35 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
12f87b2c82 Add new SQL:2008 error codes for invalid LIMIT and OFFSET values. Remove
unused nonstandard error code that was perhaps intended for this but never
used.
2009-03-04 10:55:00 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
834a6da4f7 Update autovacuum to use reloptions instead of a system catalog, for
per-table overrides of parameters.

This removes a whole class of problems related to misusing the catalog,
and perhaps more importantly, gives us pg_dump support for the parameters.

Based on a patch by Euler Taveira de Oliveira, heavily reworked by me.
2009-02-09 20:57:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
7449427a1e Clean up some loose ends from the column privileges patch: add
has_column_privilege and has_any_column_privilege SQL functions; fix the
information_schema views that are supposed to pay attention to column
privileges; adjust pg_stats to show stats for any column you have select
privilege on; and fix COPY to allow copying a subset of columns if the user
has suitable per-column privileges for all the columns.

To improve efficiency of some of the information_schema views, extend the
has_xxx_privilege functions to allow inquiring about the OR of a set of
privileges in just one call.  This is just exposing capability that already
existed in the underlying aclcheck routines.

In passing, make the information_schema views report the owner's own
privileges as being grantable, since Postgres assumes this even when the grant
option bit is not set in the ACL.  This is a longstanding oversight.

Also, make the new has_xxx_privilege functions for foreign data objects follow
the same coding conventions used by the older ones.

Stephen Frost and Tom Lane
2009-02-06 21:15:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
3cb5d6580a Support column-level privileges, as required by SQL standard.
Stephen Frost, with help from KaiGai Kohei and others
2009-01-22 20:16:10 +00:00
Tom Lane
7c63d0c72e Change a couple of ill-advised uses of INFO elog level to WARNINGs; in
particular this allows EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders messages to show up in the
postmaster log by default.  Update elog.h comment to make it clearer what INFO
is for, and fix one example in the SGML docs that was misusing it.  Per my
gripe of yesterday.
2009-01-06 16:39:52 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
511db38ace Update copyright for 2009. 2009-01-01 17:24:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
95b07bc7f5 Support window functions a la SQL:2008.
Hitoshi Harada, with some kibitzing from Heikki and Tom.
2008-12-28 18:54:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
38e9348282 Make a couple of small changes to the tuplestore API, for the benefit of the
upcoming window-functions patch.  First, tuplestore_trim is now an
exported function that must be explicitly invoked by callers at
appropriate times, rather than something that tuplestore tries to do
behind the scenes.  Second, a read pointer that is marked as allowing
backward scan no longer prevents truncation.  This means that a read pointer
marked as having BACKWARD but not REWIND capability can only safely read
backwards as far as the oldest other read pointer.  (The expected use pattern
for this involves having another read pointer that serves as the truncation
fencepost.)
2008-12-27 17:39:00 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
cae565e503 SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities
This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules
like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for
managing their connection information.

Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 16:25:19 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
455dffbb73 Default values for function arguments
Pavel Stehule, with some tweaks by Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-04 17:51:28 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
7b640b0345 Fix a couple of snapshot management bugs in the new ResourceOwner world:
non-writable large objects need to have their snapshots registered on the
transaction resowner, not the current portal's, because it must persist until
the large object is closed (which the portal does not).  Also, ensure that the
serializable snapshot is recorded by the transaction resource owner too, even
when a subtransaction has changed the current resource owner before
serializable is taken.

Per bug reports from Pavan Deolasee.
2008-12-04 14:51:02 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
608195a3a3 Introduce visibility map. The visibility map is a bitmap with one bit per
heap page, where a set bit indicates that all tuples on the page are
visible to all transactions, and the page therefore doesn't need
vacuuming. It is stored in a new relation fork.

Lazy vacuum uses the visibility map to skip pages that don't need
vacuuming. Vacuum is also responsible for setting the bits in the map.
In the future, this can hopefully be used to implement index-only-scans,
but we can't currently guarantee that the visibility map is always 100%
up-to-date.

In addition to the visibility map, there's a new PD_ALL_VISIBLE flag on
each heap page, also indicating that all tuples on the page are visible to
all transactions. It's important that this flag is kept up-to-date. It
is also used to skip visibility tests in sequential scans, which gives a
small performance gain on seqscans.
2008-12-03 13:05:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
c1f3073333 Clean up the API for DestReceiver objects by eliminating the assumption
that a Portal is a useful and sufficient additional argument for
CreateDestReceiver --- it just isn't, in most cases.  Instead formalize
the approach of passing any needed parameters to the receiver separately.

One unexpected benefit of this change is that we can declare typedef Portal
in a less surprising location.

This patch is just code rearrangement and doesn't change any functionality.
I'll tackle the HOLD-cursor-vs-toast problem in a follow-on patch.
2008-11-30 20:51:25 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9858a8c81c Rely on relcache invalidation to update the cached size of the FSM. 2008-11-26 17:08:58 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
6bbef4e538 Use ResourceOwners in the snapshot manager, instead of attempting to track them
by hand.  As an added bonus, the new code is smaller and more understandable,
and the ugly loops are gone.

This had been discussed all along but never implemented.  It became clear that
it really needed to be fixed after a bug report by Pavan Deolasee.
2008-11-25 20:28:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
cd35e9d746 Some infrastructure changes for the upcoming auto-explain contrib module:
* Refactor explain.c slightly to export a convenient-to-use subroutine
for printing EXPLAIN results.

* Provide hooks for plugins to get control at ExecutorStart and ExecutorEnd
as well as ExecutorRun.

* Add some minimal support for tracking the total runtime of ExecutorRun.
This code won't actually do anything unless a plugin prods it to.

* Change the API of the DefineCustomXXXVariable functions to allow nonzero
"flags" to be specified for a custom GUC variable.  While at it, also make
the "bootstrap" default value for custom GUCs be explicitly specified as a
parameter to these functions.  This is to eliminate confusion over where the
default comes from, as has been expressed in the past by some users of the
custom-variable facility.

* Refactor GUC code a bit to ensure that a custom variable gets initialized to
something valid (like its default value) even if the placeholder value was
invalid.
2008-11-19 01:10:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
62533d34a5 Second try at fixing DLLIMPORT problem for pg_crc.h on Cygwin. 2008-11-14 20:21:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
c889ebce0a Implement the basic form of UNNEST, ie unnest(anyarray) returns setof
anyelement.  This lacks the WITH ORDINALITY option, as well as the multiple
input arrays option added in the most recent SQL specs.  But it's still a
pretty useful subset of the spec's functionality, and it is enough to
allow obsoleting contrib/intagg.
2008-11-14 00:51:47 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
3379fae6de array_agg aggregate function, as per SQL:2008, but without ORDER BY clause
Rearrange the documentation a bit now that array_agg and xmlagg have similar
semantics and issues.

best of Robert Haas, Jeff Davis, Peter Eisentraut
2008-11-13 15:59:51 +00:00
Tom Lane
69a0e2f76d PGDLLIMPORT-ize the global variables referenced in pg_crc.h.
I think this will fix current mingw buildfarm failures for pg_trgm.
2008-11-13 14:42:28 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
249b224bf5 Update URL to Ross Williams' CRC paper.
Per note from Devrim Gunduz
2008-11-12 21:53:46 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
f98f6ee064 array_length() function, and for SQL compatibility also cardinality()
function as a special case.

This version still has the suspicious behavior of returning null for an
empty array (rather than zero), but this may need a wholesale revision of
empty array behavior, currently under discussion.

Jim Nasby, Robert Haas, Peter Eisentraut
2008-11-12 13:09:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
a4917bef0e Add support for input and output of interval values formatted per ISO 8601;
specifically, we can input either the "format with designators" or the
"alternative format", and we can output the former when IntervalStyle is set
to iso_8601.

Ron Mayer
2008-11-11 02:42:33 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
254aecb704 ADD array_ndims function
Author: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
2008-11-04 14:49:12 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
f0dae70431 suppress_redundant_updates_trigger function. 2008-11-03 20:17:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
b8fab2411d Add pg_typeof() function.
Brendan Jurd
2008-11-03 17:51:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
b0169bb124 Install a more robust solution for the problem of infinite error-processing
recursion when we are unable to convert a localized error message to the
client's encoding.  We've been over this ground before, but as reported by
Ibrar Ahmed, it still didn't work in the case of conversion failures for
the conversion-failure message itself :-(.  Fix by installing a "circuit
breaker" that disables attempts to localize this message once we get into
recursion trouble.

Patch all supported branches, because it is in fact broken in all of them;
though I had to add some missing translations to the older branches in
order to expose the failure in the particular test case I was using.
2008-10-27 19:37:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
a303e4dc43 Extend the date type to support infinity and -infinity, analogously to
the timestamp types.  Turns out this doesn't even reduce the available
range of dates, since the restriction to dates that work for Julian-date
arithmetic is much tighter than the int32 range anyway.  Per a longstanding
TODO item.
2008-10-14 17:12:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
e3b0117459 Implement comparison of generic records (composite types), and invent a
pseudo-type record[] to represent arrays of possibly-anonymous composite
types.  Since composite datums carry their own type identification, no
extra knowledge is needed at the array level.

The main reason for doing this right now is that it is necessary to support
the general case of detection of cycles in recursive queries: if you need to
compare more than one column to detect a cycle, you need to compare a ROW()
to an array built from ROW()s, at least if you want to do it as the spec
suggests.  Add some documentation and regression tests concerning the cycle
detection issue.
2008-10-13 16:25:20 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
7ecfaccf19 Fix two flaws in comments I just introduced, pointed out by Tom. 2008-10-09 22:22:31 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
2532c54d82 Improve translatability of error messages for external modules by tweaking
the ereport macro.  Included in this commit are enough files for starting
plpgsql, plpython, plperl and pltcl translations.
2008-10-09 17:24:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
742fd06d98 Fix up ruleutils.c for CTE features. The main problem was that
get_name_for_var_field didn't have enough context to interpret a reference to
a CTE query's output.  Fixing this requires separate hacks for the regular
deparse case (pg_get_ruledef) and for the EXPLAIN case, since the available
context information is quite different.  It's pretty nearly parallel to the
existing code for SUBQUERY RTEs, though.  Also, add code to make sure we
qualify a relation name that matches a CTE name; else the CTE will mistakenly
capture the reference when reloading the rule.

In passing, fix a pre-existing problem with get_name_for_var_field not working
on variables in targetlists of SubqueryScan plan nodes.  Although latent all
along, this wasn't a problem until we made EXPLAIN VERBOSE try to print
targetlists.  To do this, refactor the deparse_context_for_plan API so that
the special case for SubqueryScan is all on ruleutils.c's side.
2008-10-06 20:29:38 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
2cf8afe5d1 Remove obsolete internal functions istrue, isfalse, isnottrue, isnotfalse,
nullvalue, nonvalue.  A long time ago, these were used to implement the SQL
constructs IS TRUE, etc.
2008-10-05 17:33:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
44d5be0e53 Implement SQL-standard WITH clauses, including WITH RECURSIVE.
There are some unimplemented aspects: recursive queries must use UNION ALL
(should allow UNION too), and we don't have SEARCH or CYCLE clauses.
These might or might not get done for 8.4, but even without them it's a
pretty useful feature.

There are also a couple of small loose ends and definitional quibbles,
which I'll send a memo about to pgsql-hackers shortly.  But let's land
the patch now so we can get on with other development.

Yoshiyuki Asaba, with lots of help from Tatsuo Ishii and Tom Lane
2008-10-04 21:56:55 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
706a308806 Add relation fork support to pg_relation_size() function. You can now pass
name of a fork ('main' or 'fsm', at the moment) to pg_relation_size() to
get the size of a specific fork. Defaults to 'main', if none given.

While we're at it, modify pg_relation_size to take a regclass as argument,
instead of separate variants taking oid and name. This change is
transparent to typical use where the table name is passed as a string
literal, like pg_relation_size('table'), but will break queries like
pg_relation_size(namecol), where namecol is of type name. text-type input
still works, and using a non-schema-qualified table name is not very
reliable anyway, so this is unlikely to break anyone's queries in practice.
2008-10-03 07:33:10 +00:00
Tom Lane
dad4cb6258 Improve tuplestore.c to support multiple concurrent read positions.
This facility replaces the former mark/restore support but is otherwise
upward-compatible with previous uses.  It's expected to be needed for
single evaluation of CTEs and also for window functions, so I'm committing
it separately instead of waiting for either one of those patches to be
finished.  Per discussion with Greg Stark and Hitoshi Harada.

Note: I removed nodeFunctionscan's mark/restore support, instead of bothering
to update it for this change, because it was dead code anyway.
2008-10-01 19:51:50 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
15c121b3ed Rewrite the FSM. Instead of relying on a fixed-size shared memory segment, the
free space information is stored in a dedicated FSM relation fork, with each
relation (except for hash indexes; they don't use FSM).

This eliminates the max_fsm_relations and max_fsm_pages GUC options; remove any
trace of them from the backend, initdb, and documentation.

Rewrite contrib/pg_freespacemap to match the new FSM implementation. Also
introduce a new variant of the get_raw_page(regclass, int4, int4) function in
contrib/pageinspect that let's you to return pages from any relation fork, and
a new fsm_page_contents() function to inspect the new FSM pages.
2008-09-30 10:52:14 +00:00
Tom Lane
7b7df9f0b1 Add hooks to let plugins override the planner's lookups in pg_statistic.
Simon Riggs, with some editorialization by me.
2008-09-28 19:51:40 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
61d9674988 Make LC_COLLATE and LC_CTYPE database-level settings. Collation and
ctype are now more like encoding, stored in new datcollate and datctype
columns in pg_database.

This is a stripped-down version of Radek Strnad's patch, with further
changes by me.
2008-09-23 09:20:39 +00:00
Tom Lane
1cd935609f Fix caching of foreign-key-checking queries so that when a replan is needed,
we regenerate the SQL query text not merely the plan derived from it.  This
is needed to handle contingencies such as renaming of a table or column
used in an FK.  Pre-8.3, such cases worked despite the lack of replanning
(because the cached plan needn't actually change), so this is a regression.
Per bug #4417 from Benjamin Bihler.
2008-09-15 23:37:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
f867339c01 Make our parsing of INTERVAL literals spec-compliant (or at least a heck of
a lot closer than it was before).  To do this, tweak coerce_type() to pass
through the typmod information when invoking interval_in() on an UNKNOWN
constant; then fix DecodeInterval to pay attention to the typmod when deciding
how to interpret a units-less integer value.  I changed one or two other
details as well.  I believe the code now reacts as expected by spec for all
the literal syntaxes that are specifically enumerated in the spec.  There
are corner cases involving strings that don't exactly match the set of fields
called out by the typmod, for which we might want to tweak the behavior some
more; but I think this is an area of user friendliness rather than spec
compliance.  There remain some non-compliant details about the SQL syntax
(as opposed to what's inside the literal string); but at least we'll throw
error rather than silently doing the wrong thing in those cases.
2008-09-10 18:29:41 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
3b9ec4682c Add "source file" and "source line" information to each GUC variable.
initdb forced due to changes in the pg_settings view.

Magnus Hagander and Alvaro Herrera.
2008-09-10 18:09:20 +00:00
Tom Lane
ee33b95d9c Improve the plan cache invalidation mechanism to make it invalidate plans
when user-defined functions used in a plan are modified.  Also invalidate
plans when schemas, operators, or operator classes are modified; but for these
cases we just invalidate everything rather than tracking exact dependencies,
since these types of objects seldom change in a production database.

Tom Lane; loosely based on a patch by Martin Pihlak.
2008-09-09 18:58:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
a0b76dc662 Create a separate grantable privilege for TRUNCATE, rather than having it be
always owner-only.  The TRUNCATE privilege works identically to the DELETE
privilege so far as interactions with the rest of the system go.

Robert Haas
2008-09-08 00:47:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
2c863ca818 Implement a psql command "\ef" to edit the definition of a function.
In support of that, create a backend function pg_get_functiondef().
The psql command is functional but maybe a bit rough around the edges...

Abhijit Menon-Sen
2008-09-06 00:01:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
b153c09209 Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages.
There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists,
but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 20:42:46 +00:00
Tom Lane
d4af2a6481 Clean up the loose ends in selectivity estimation left by my patch for semi
and anti joins.  To do this, pass the SpecialJoinInfo struct for the current
join as an additional optional argument to operator join selectivity
estimation functions.  This allows the estimator to tell not only what kind
of join is being formed, but which variable is on which side of the join;
a requirement long recognized but not dealt with till now.  This also leaves
the door open for future improvements in the estimators, such as accounting
for the null-insertion effects of lower outer joins.  I didn't do anything
about that in the current patch but the information is in principle deducible
from what's passed.

The patch also clarifies the definition of join selectivity for semi/anti
joins: it's the fraction of the left input that has (at least one) match
in the right input.  This allows getting rid of some very fuzzy thinking
that I had committed in the original 7.4-era IN-optimization patch.
There's probably room to estimate this better than the present patch does,
but at least we know what to estimate.

Since I had to touch CREATE OPERATOR anyway to allow a variant signature
for join estimator functions, I took the opportunity to add a couple of
additional checks that were missing, per my recent message to -hackers:
* Check that estimator functions return float8;
* Require execute permission at the time of CREATE OPERATOR on the
operator's function as well as the estimator functions;
* Require ownership of any pre-existing operator that's modified by
the command.
I also moved the lookup of the functions out of OperatorCreate() and
into operatorcmds.c, since that seemed more consistent with most of
the other catalog object creation processes, eg CREATE TYPE.
2008-08-16 00:01:38 +00:00
Tom Lane
e006a24ad1 Implement SEMI and ANTI joins in the planner and executor. (Semijoins replace
the old JOIN_IN code, but antijoins are new functionality.)  Teach the planner
to convert appropriate EXISTS and NOT EXISTS subqueries into semi and anti
joins respectively.  Also, LEFT JOINs with suitable upper-level IS NULL
filters are recognized as being anti joins.  Unify the InClauseInfo and
OuterJoinInfo infrastructure into "SpecialJoinInfo".  With that change,
it becomes possible to associate a SpecialJoinInfo with every join attempt,
which permits some cleanup of join selectivity estimation.  That needs to be
taken much further than this patch does, but the next step is to change the
API for oprjoin selectivity functions, which seems like material for a
separate patch.  So for the moment the output size estimates for semi and
especially anti joins are quite bogus.
2008-08-14 18:48:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
9511304752 Rearrange the querytree representation of ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT items
as per my recent proposal:

1. Fold SortClause and GroupClause into a single node type SortGroupClause.
We were already relying on them to be struct-equivalent, so using two node
tags wasn't accomplishing much except to get in the way of comparing items
with equal().

2. Add an "eqop" field to SortGroupClause to carry the associated equality
operator.  This is cheap for the parser to get at the same time it's looking
up the sort operator, and storing it eliminates the need for repeated
not-so-cheap lookups during planning.  In future this will also let us
represent GROUP/DISTINCT operations on datatypes that have hash opclasses
but no btree opclasses (ie, they have equality but no natural sort order).
The previous representation simply didn't work for that, since its only
indicator of comparison semantics was a sort operator.

3. Add a hasDistinctOn boolean to struct Query to explicitly record whether
the distinctClause came from DISTINCT or DISTINCT ON.  This allows removing
some complicated and not 100% bulletproof code that attempted to figure
that out from the distinctClause alone.

This patch doesn't in itself create any new capability, but it's necessary
infrastructure for future attempts to use hash-based grouping for DISTINCT
and UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT.
2008-08-02 21:32:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
bac3e83622 Replace the hard-wired type knowledge in TypeCategory() and IsPreferredType()
with system catalog lookups, as was foreseen to be necessary almost since
their creation.  Instead put the information into two new pg_type columns,
typcategory and typispreferred.  Add support for setting these when
creating a user-defined base type.

The category column is just a "char" (i.e. a poor man's enum), allowing
a crude form of user extensibility of the category list: just use an
otherwise-unused character.  This seems sufficient for foreseen uses,
but we could upgrade to having an actual category catalog someday, if
there proves to be a huge demand for custom type categories.

In this patch I have attempted to hew exactly to the behavior of the
previous hardwired logic, except for introducing new type categories for
arrays, composites, and enums.  In particular the default preferred state
for user-defined types remains TRUE.  That seems worth revisiting, but it
should be done as a separate patch from introducing the infrastructure.
Likewise, any adjustment of the standard set of categories should be done
separately.
2008-07-30 17:05:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
11c794f224 Use guc.c's parse_int() instead of pg_atoi() to parse fillfactor in
default_reloptions().  The previous coding was really a bug because pg_atoi()
will always throw elog on bad input data, whereas default_reloptions is not
supposed to complain about bad input unless its validate parameter is true.
Right now you could only expose the problem by hand-modifying
pg_class.reloptions into an invalid state, so it doesn't seem worth
back-patching; but we should get it right in HEAD because there might be other
situations in future.  Noted while studying GIN fast-update patch.
2008-07-23 17:29:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
a1c692358b Adjust things so that the query_string of a cached plan and the sourceText of
a portal are never NULL, but reliably provide the source text of the query.
It turns out that there was only one place that was really taking a short-cut,
which was the 'EXECUTE' utility statement.  That doesn't seem like a
sufficiently critical performance hotspot to justify not offering a guarantee
of validity of the portal source text.  Fix it to copy the source text over
from the cached plan.  Add Asserts in the places that set up cached plans and
portals to reject null source strings, and simplify a bunch of places that
formerly needed to guard against nulls.

There may be a few places that cons up statements for execution without
having any source text at all; I found one such in ConvertTriggerToFK().
It seems sufficient to inject a phony source string in such a case,
for instance
        ProcessUtility((Node *) atstmt,
                       "(generated ALTER TABLE ADD FOREIGN KEY command)",
                       NULL, false, None_Receiver, NULL);

We should take a second look at the usage of debug_query_string,
particularly the recently added current_query() SQL function.

ITAGAKI Takahiro and Tom Lane
2008-07-18 20:26:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
69a785b8bf Implement SQL-spec RETURNS TABLE syntax for functions.
(Unlike the original submission, this patch treats TABLE output parameters
as being entirely equivalent to OUT parameters -- tgl)

Pavel Stehule
2008-07-18 03:32:53 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
2c773296f8 Add array_fill() to create arrays initialized with a value.
Pavel Stehule
2008-07-16 00:48:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
960af47efd Const-ify the arguments of str_tolower() and friends to suppress compile
warnings.  Clean up various unneeded cruft that was left behind after
creating those routines.  Introduce some convenience functions str_tolower_z
etc to eliminate tedious and error-prone double arguments in formatting.c.
(Currently there seems no need to export the latter, but maybe reconsider
this later.)
2008-07-12 00:44:38 +00:00
Tom Lane
c63147d6f0 Add a function pg_get_keywords() to let clients find out the set of keywords
known to the SQL parser.  Dave Page
2008-07-03 20:58:47 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6b797c852b Fix recovery.conf boolean variables to take the same range of string
values as postgresql.conf.
2008-06-30 22:10:43 +00:00
Tom Lane
4a8d573cda If pnstrdup is going to be promoted to a generally available function,
it ought to conform to the rest of palloc.h in using Size for sizes.
2008-06-28 16:45:22 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f6ec7430f9 Merge duplicate upper/lower/initcap() routines in oracle_compat.c and
formatting.c to use common code;  remove duplicate functions and support
routines that are no longer needed.
2008-06-23 19:27:19 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
a3540b0f65 Improve our #include situation by moving pointer types away from the
corresponding struct definitions.  This allows other headers to avoid including
certain highly-loaded headers such as rel.h and relscan.h, instead using just
relcache.h, heapam.h or genam.h, which are more lightweight and thus cause less
unnecessary dependencies.
2008-06-19 00:46:06 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9de09c087d Move wchar2char() and char2wchar() from tsearch into /mb to be easier to
use for other modules;  also move pnstrdup().

Clean up code slightly.
2008-06-18 18:42:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
b163baa89c Clean up some problems with redundant cross-type arithmetic operators. Add
int2-and-int8 implementations of the basic arithmetic operators +, -, *, /.
This doesn't really add any new functionality, but it avoids "operator is not
unique" failures that formerly occurred in these cases because the parser
couldn't decide whether to promote the int2 to int4 or int8.  We could
alternatively have removed the existing cross-type operators, but
experimentation shows that the cost of an additional type coercion expression
node is noticeable compared to such cheap operators; so let's not give up any
performance here.  On the other hand, I removed the int2-and-int4 modulo (%)
operators since they didn't seem as important from a performance standpoint.
Per a complaint last January from ykhuang.
2008-06-17 19:10:56 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
d88cd7db63 Add a field to guc enums to allow hiding of values from display while
still accepting them as input, used to allow alternate syntax for the
same setting.

Alex Hunsaker
2008-05-28 09:04:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
7b8a63c3e9 Alter the xxx_pattern_ops opclasses to use the regular equality operator of
the associated datatype as their equality member.  This means that these
opclasses can now support plain equality comparisons along with LIKE tests,
thus avoiding the need for an extra index in some applications.  This
optimization was not possible when the pattern opclasses were first introduced,
because we didn't insist that text equality meant bitwise equality; but we
do now, so there is no semantic difference between regular and pattern
equality operators.

I removed the name_pattern_ops opclass altogether, since it's really useless:
name's regular comparisons are just strcmp() and are unlikely to become
something different.  Instead teach indxpath.c that btree name_ops can be
used for LIKE whether or not the locale is C.  This might lead to a useful
speedup in LIKE queries on the system catalogs in non-C locales.

The ~=~ and ~<>~ operators are gone altogether.  (It would have been nice to
keep them for backward compatibility's sake, but since the pg_amop structure
doesn't allow multiple equality operators per opclass, there's no way.)

A not-immediately-obvious incompatibility is that the sort order within
bpchar_pattern_ops indexes changes --- it had been identical to plain
strcmp, but is now trailing-blank-insensitive.  This will impact
in-place upgrades, if those ever happen.

Per discussions a couple months ago.
2008-05-27 00:13:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
07a5606735 Make to_char()'s localized month/day names depend on LC_TIME, not LC_MESSAGES.
Euler Taveira de Oliveira
2008-05-19 18:08:16 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
53972b460c Add $PostgreSQL$ markers to a lot of files that were missing them.
This particular batch was just for *.c and *.h file.

The changes were made with the following 2 commands:

find . \( \( -name 'libstemmer' -o -name 'expected' -o -name 'ppport.h' \) -prune \) -o  \( -name '*.[ch]'  \) \( -exec grep -q '\$PostgreSQL' {} \; -o -print \) | while read file ; do head -n 1 < $file | grep -q '^/\*' && echo $file; done | xargs -l sed -i -e '1s/^\// /' -e '1i/*\n * $PostgreSQL:$ \n *'

find . \( \( -name 'libstemmer' -o -name 'expected' -o -name 'ppport.h' \) -prune \) -o  \( -name '*.[ch]'  \) \( -exec grep -q '\$PostgreSQL' {} \; -o -print \) | xargs -l sed -i -e '1i/*\n * $PostgreSQL:$ \n */'
2008-05-17 01:28:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
b62f246fb0 Support SQL/PSM-compatible CASE statement in plpgsql.
Pavel Stehule
2008-05-15 22:39:49 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
5da9da71c4 Improve snapshot manager by keeping explicit track of snapshots.
There are two ways to track a snapshot: there's the "registered" list, which
is used for arbitrary long-lived snapshots; and there's the "active stack",
which is used for the snapshot that is considered "active" at any time.
This also allows users of snapshots to stop worrying about snapshot memory
allocation and freeing, and about using PG_TRY blocks around ActiveSnapshot
assignment.  This is all done automatically now.

As a consequence, this allows us to reset MyProc->xmin when there are no
more snapshots registered in the current backend, reducing the impact that
long-running transactions have on VACUUM.
2008-05-12 20:02:02 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
f99760c19f Convert wal_sync_method to guc enum. 2008-05-12 08:35:05 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
f8c4d7db60 Restructure some header files a bit, in particular heapam.h, by removing some
unnecessary #include lines in it.  Also, move some tuple routine prototypes and
macros to htup.h, which allows removal of heapam.h inclusion from some .c
files.

For this to work, a new header file access/sysattr.h needed to be created,
initially containing attribute numbers of system columns, for pg_dump usage.

While at it, make contrib ltree, intarray and hstore header files more
consistent with our header style.
2008-05-12 00:00:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
4136e1d06a Convert the list of syscache names from a series of #define's into an enum,
to avoid the pain of manually renumbering them anytime we insert another
name in alphabetical order.  An excellent idea from Alex Hunsaker and
NikhilS' inherited-constraints patch --- whether or not the rest of that
gets in, this should.  Dunno why we never thought of it before.
2008-05-07 01:04:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
b6d15590f7 Add timestamp and timestamptz versions of generate_series().
Hitoshi Harada
2008-05-04 23:19:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
600da67fbe Add pg_conf_load_time() function to report when the Postgres configuration
files were last loaded.

George Gensure
2008-05-04 21:13:36 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
1fcb977a13 Add generate_subscripts, a series-generation function which generates an
array's subscripts.

Pavel Stehule, some editorialization by me.
2008-04-28 14:48:58 +00:00
Tom Lane
8472bf7a73 Allow float8, int8, and related datatypes to be passed by value on machines
where Datum is 8 bytes wide.  Since this will break old-style C functions
(those still using version 0 calling convention) that have arguments or
results of these types, provide a configure option to disable it and retain
the old pass-by-reference behavior.  Likewise, provide a configure option
to disable the recently-committed float4 pass-by-value change.

Zoltan Boszormenyi, plus configurability stuff by me.
2008-04-21 00:26:47 +00:00
Tom Lane
87a2f050a9 Cause EXPLAIN's VERBOSE option to print the target list (output column list)
of each plan node, instead of its former behavior of dumping the internal
representation of the plan tree.  The latter display is still available for
those who really want it (see debug_print_plan), but uses for it are certainly
few and and far between.  Per discussion.

This patch also removes the explain_pretty_print GUC, which is obsoleted
by the change.
2008-04-18 01:42:17 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c4fd93b3f3 Re-enable pg_terminate_backend() using SIGTERM. SIGTERM testing still
needed.
2008-04-17 20:56:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
d1cbd26ded Repair two places where SIGTERM exit could leave shared memory state
corrupted.  (Neither is very important if SIGTERM is used to shut down the
whole database cluster together, but there's a problem if someone tries to
SIGTERM individual backends.)  To do this, introduce new infrastructure
macros PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP/PG_END_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP that take care
of transiently pushing an on_shmem_exit cleanup hook.  Also use this method
for createdb cleanup --- that wasn't a shared-memory-corruption problem,
but SIGTERM abort of createdb could leave orphaned files lying around.

Backpatch as far as 8.2.  The shmem corruption cases don't exist in 8.1,
and the createdb usage doesn't seem important enough to risk backpatching
further.
2008-04-16 23:59:40 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
76365960d2 Revert addition of pg_terminate_backend() because of race conditions. 2008-04-15 20:28:47 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
18b286f3e3 Add pg_terminate_backend() to allow terminating only a single session. 2008-04-15 13:55:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
226837e57e Since createplan.c no longer cares whether index operators are lossy, it has
no particular need to do get_op_opfamily_properties() while building an
indexscan plan.  Postpone that lookup until executor start.  This simplifies
createplan.c a lot more than it complicates nodeIndexscan.c, and makes things
more uniform since we already had to do it that way for RowCompare
expressions.  Should be a bit faster too, at least for plans that aren't
re-used many times, since we avoid palloc'ing and perhaps copying the
intermediate list data structure.
2008-04-13 20:51:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
4e82a95476 Replace "amgetmulti" AM functions with "amgetbitmap", in which the whole
indexscan always occurs in one call, and the results are returned in a
TIDBitmap instead of a limited-size array of TIDs.  This should improve
speed a little by reducing AM entry/exit overhead, and it is necessary
infrastructure if we are ever to support bitmap indexes.

In an only slightly related change, add support for TIDBitmaps to preserve
(somewhat lossily) the knowledge that particular TIDs reported by an index
need to have their quals rechecked when the heap is visited.  This facility
is not really used yet; we'll need to extend the forced-recheck feature to
plain indexscans before it's useful, and that hasn't been coded yet.
The intent is to use it to clean up 8.3's horrid @@@ kluge for text search
with weighted queries.  There might be other uses in future, but that one
alone is sufficient reason.

Heikki Linnakangas, with some adjustments by me.
2008-04-10 22:25:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
a0fad9762a Re-implement division for numeric values using the traditional "schoolbook"
algorithm.  This is a good deal slower than our old roundoff-error-prone
code for long inputs, so we keep the old code for use in the transcendental
functions, where everything is approximate anyway.  Also create a
user-accessible function div(numeric, numeric) to provide access to the
exact result of trunc(x/y) --- since the regular numeric / operator will
round off its result, simply computing that expression in SQL doesn't
reliably give the desired answer.  This fixes bug #3387 and various related
corner cases, and improves the usefulness of PG for high-precision integer
arithmetic.
2008-04-04 18:45:36 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f96928fde9 Implement current_query(), that shows the currently executing query.
At the same time remove dblink/dblink_current_query() as it is no longer
necessary
*BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ISSUE* for dblink

Tomas Doran
2008-04-04 16:57:21 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
d672ea6ffa Turn xmlbinary and xmloption GUC variables into enumsTurn xmlbinary and
xmloption GUC variables into enums..
2008-04-04 08:33:15 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
ad6bf716ba Convert three more guc settings to enum type:
default_transaction_isolation, session_replication_role and regex_flavor.
2008-04-02 14:42:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
7692d8d5b7 Support statement-level ON TRUNCATE triggers. Simon Riggs 2008-03-28 00:21:56 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
73b0300b2a Move the HTSU_Result enum definition into snapshot.h, to avoid including
tqual.h into heapam.h.  This makes all inclusion of tqual.h explicit.

I also sorted alphabetically the includes on some source files.
2008-03-26 21:10:39 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
78f02ca1f5 Rename snapmgmt.c/h to snapmgr.c/h, for consistency with other files.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
2008-03-26 18:48:59 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
d43b085d57 Separate snapshot management code from tuple visibility code, create a
snapmgmt.c file for the former.  The header files have also been reorganized
in three parts: the most basic snapshot definitions are now in a new file
snapshot.h, and the also new snapmgmt.h keeps the definitions for snapmgmt.c.
tqual.h has been reduced to the bare minimum.

This patch is just a first step towards managing live snapshots within a
transaction; there is no functionality change.

Per my proposal to pgsql-patches on 20080318191940.GB27458@alvh.no-ip.org and
subsequent discussion.
2008-03-26 16:20:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
220db7ccd8 Simplify and standardize conversions between TEXT datums and ordinary C
strings.  This patch introduces four support functions cstring_to_text,
cstring_to_text_with_len, text_to_cstring, and text_to_cstring_buffer, and
two macros CStringGetTextDatum and TextDatumGetCString.  A number of
existing macros that provided variants on these themes were removed.

Most of the places that need to make such conversions now require just one
function or macro call, in place of the multiple notational layers that used
to be needed.  There are no longer any direct calls of textout or textin,
and we got most of the places that were using handmade conversions via
memcpy (there may be a few still lurking, though).

This commit doesn't make any serious effort to eliminate transient memory
leaks caused by detoasting toasted text objects before they reach
text_to_cstring.  We changed PG_GETARG_TEXT_P to PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP in a few
places where it was easy, but much more could be done.

Brendan Jurd and Tom Lane
2008-03-25 22:42:46 +00:00
Neil Conway
1d812a98b4 Add a new tuplestore API function, tuplestore_putvalues(). This is
identical to tuplestore_puttuple(), except it operates on arrays of
Datums + nulls rather than a fully-formed HeapTuple. In several places
that use the tuplestore API, this means we can avoid creating a
HeapTuple altogether, saving a copy.
2008-03-25 19:26:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
05fc744b96 Add a new ereport auxiliary function errdetail_log(), which works the same as
errdetail except the string goes only to the server log, replacing the normal
errdetail there.  This provides a reasonably clean way of dealing with error
details that are too security-sensitive or too bulky to send to the client.

This commit just adds the infrastructure --- actual uses to follow.
2008-03-24 18:08:47 +00:00
Tom Lane
7de81124d5 Create a function quote_nullable(), which works the same as quote_literal()
except that it returns the string 'NULL', rather than a SQL null, when called
with a null argument.  This is often a much more useful behavior for
constructing dynamic queries.  Add more discussion to the documentation
about how to use these functions.

Brendan Jurd
2008-03-23 00:24:20 +00:00
Tom Lane
2d0583a166 Get rid of a bunch of #ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP conditionals by inventing
a new typedef TimeOffset to represent an intermediate time value.  It's
either int64 or double as appropriate, and in most usages will be measured
in microseconds or seconds the same as Timestamp.  We don't call it
Timestamp, though, since the value doesn't necessarily represent an absolute
time instant.

Warren Turkal
2008-03-21 01:31:43 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
7cbfa7565e Fix postgres --describe-config for guc enums, breakage noted by Alvaro.
While at it, rename option lookup functions to make names clearer, per
discussion with Tom.
2008-03-17 17:45:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
787eba734b When creating a large hash index, pre-sort the index entries by estimated
bucket number, so as to ensure locality of access to the index during the
insertion step.  Without this, building an index significantly larger than
available RAM takes a very long time because of thrashing.  On the other
hand, sorting is just useless overhead when the index does fit in RAM.
We choose to sort when the initial index size exceeds effective_cache_size.

This is a revised version of work by Tom Raney and Shreya Bhargava.
2008-03-16 23:15:08 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
a3f66eac01 Some cleanups of enum-guc code, per comments from Tom. 2008-03-16 16:42:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
3e701a04fe Fix heap_page_prune's problem with failing to send cache invalidation
messages if the calling transaction aborts later on.  Collapsing out line
pointer redirects is a done deal as soon as we complete the page update,
so syscache *must* be notified even if the VACUUM FULL as a whole doesn't
complete.  To fix, add some functionality to inval.c to allow the pending
inval messages to be sent immediately while heap_page_prune is still
running.  The implementation is a bit chintzy: it will only work in the
context of VACUUM FULL.  But that's all we need now, and it can always be
extended later if needed.  Per my trouble report of a week ago.
2008-03-13 18:00:32 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
52a8d4f8f7 Implement enum type for guc parameters, and convert a couple of existing
variables to it. More need to be converted, but I wanted to get this in
before it conflicts with too much...

Other than just centralising the text-to-int conversion for parameters,
this allows the pg_settings view to contain a list of available options
and allows an error hint to show what values are allowed.
2008-03-10 12:55:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
f4230d2937 Change patternsel() so that instead of switching from a pure
pattern-examination heuristic method to purely histogram-driven selectivity at
histogram size 100, we compute both estimates and use a weighted average.
The weight put on the heuristic estimate decreases linearly with histogram
size, dropping to zero for 100 or more histogram entries.
Likewise in ltreeparentsel().  After a patch by Greg Stark, though I
reorganized the logic a bit to give the caller of histogram_selectivity()
more control.
2008-03-09 00:32:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
ad434473eb This patch addresses some issues in TOAST compression strategy that
were discussed last year, but we felt it was too late in the 8.3 cycle to
change the code immediately.  Specifically, the patch:

* Reduces the minimum datum size to be considered for compression from
256 to 32 bytes, as suggested by Greg Stark.

* Increases the required compression rate for compressed storage from
20% to 25%, again per Greg's suggestion.

* Replaces force_input_size (size above which compression is forced)
with a maximum size to be considered for compression.  It was agreed
that allowing large inputs to escape the minimum-compression-rate
requirement was not bright, and that indeed we'd rather have a knob
that acted in the other direction.  I set this value to 1MB for the
moment, but it could use some performance studies to tune it.

* Adds an early-failure path to the compressor as suggested by Jan:
if it's been unable to find even one compressible substring in the
first 1KB (parameterizable), assume we're looking at incompressible
input and give up.  (Possibly this logic can be improved, but I'll
commit it as-is for now.)

* Improves the toasting heuristics so that when we have very large
fields with attstorage 'x' or 'e', we will push those out to toast
storage before considering inline compression of shorter fields.
This also responds to a suggestion of Greg's, though my original
proposal for a solution was a bit off base because it didn't fix
the problem for large 'e' fields.

There was some discussion in the earlier threads of exposing some
of the compression knobs to users, perhaps even on a per-column
basis.  I have not done anything about that here.  It seems to me
that if we are changing around the parameters, we'd better get some
experience and be sure we are happy with the design before we set
things in stone by providing user-visible knobs.
2008-03-07 23:20:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
9713c06319 Change the declaration of struct varlena so that the length word is
represented as "char ...[4]" not "int32".  Since the length word is never
supposed to be accessed via this struct member anyway, this won't break
any existing code that is following the rules.  The advantage is that C
compilers will no longer assume that a pointer to struct varlena is
word-aligned, which prevents incorrect optimizations in TOAST-pointer
access and perhaps other places.  gcc doesn't seem to do this (at least
not at -O2), but the problem is demonstrable on some other compilers.

I changed struct inet as well, but didn't bother to touch a lot of other
struct definitions in which it wouldn't make any difference because there
were other fields forcing int alignment anyway.  Hopefully none of those
struct definitions are used for accessing unaligned Datums.
2008-02-23 19:11:45 +00:00
Tom Lane
cd00406774 Replace time_t with pg_time_t (same values, but always int64) in on-disk
data structures and backend internal APIs.  This solves problems we've seen
recently with inconsistent layout of pg_control between machines that have
32-bit time_t and those that have already migrated to 64-bit time_t.  Also,
we can get out from under the problem that Windows' Unix-API emulation is not
consistent about the width of time_t.

There are a few remaining places where local time_t variables are used to hold
the current or recent result of time(NULL).  I didn't bother changing these
since they do not affect any cross-module APIs and surely all platforms will
have 64-bit time_t before overflow becomes an actual risk.  time_t should
be avoided for anything visible to extension modules, however.
2008-02-17 02:09:32 +00:00
Tom Lane
b9ff7443e6 Prevent integer overflow within the integer-datetimes version of
TimestampTzPlusMilliseconds.  An integer argument of more than INT_MAX/1000
milliseconds (ie, about 35 minutes) would provoke a wrong result, resulting
in incorrect enforcement of statement_timestamp values larger than that.
Bug was introduced in my rewrite of 2006-06-20, which fixed some other
overflow risks, but missed this one :-(  Per report from Elein.
2008-01-23 21:26:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
ac12412ede Revise memory management for libxml calls. Instead of keeping libxml's data
in whichever context happens to be current during a call of an xml.c function,
use a dedicated context that will not go away until we explicitly delete it
(which we do at transaction end or subtransaction abort).  This makes recovery
after an error much simpler --- we don't have to individually delete the data
structures created by libxml.  Also, we need to initialize and cleanup libxml
only once per transaction (if there's no error) instead of once per function
call, so it should be a bit faster.  We'll need to keep an eye out for
intra-transaction memory leaks, though.  Alvaro and Tom.
2008-01-15 18:57:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
ce9baa06f0 Fix some missed copyright updates. 2008-01-01 20:31:21 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9098ab9e32 Update copyrights in source tree to 2008. 2008-01-01 19:46:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
5233dc15cf Improve consistency of error reporting in GUC assign_hook routines. Some
were reporting ERROR for interactive assignments and LOG for other cases,
some were saying nothing for non-interactive cases, and a few did yet other
things.  Make them use a new function GUC_complaint_elevel() to establish
a reasonably uniform policy about how to report.  There are still a few
edge cases such as assign_search_path(), but it's much better than before.
Per gripe from Devrim Gunduz and subsequent discussion.

As noted by Alvaro, it'd be better to fold these custom messages into the
standard "invalid parameter value" complaint from guc.c, perhaps as the DETAIL
field.  However that will require more redesign than seems prudent for 8.3.
This is a relatively safe, low-impact change that we can afford to risk now.
2007-12-28 00:23:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
9fd8843647 Fix mergejoin cost estimation so that we consider the statistical ranges of
the two join variables at both ends: not only trailing rows that need not be
scanned because there cannot be a match on the other side, but initial rows
that will be scanned without possibly having a match.  This allows a more
realistic estimate of startup cost to be made, per recent pgsql-performance
discussion.  In passing, fix a couple of bugs that had crept into
mergejoinscansel: it was not quite up to speed for the task of estimating
descending-order scans, which is a new requirement in 8.3.
2007-12-08 21:05:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
265f904d8f Code review for LIKE ... INCLUDING INDEXES patch. Fix failure to propagate
constraint status of copied indexes (bug #3774), as well as various other
small bugs such as failure to pstrdup when needed.  Allow INCLUDING INDEXES
indexes to be merged with identical declared indexes (perhaps not real useful,
but the code is there and having it not apply to LIKE indexes seems pretty
unorthogonal).  Avoid useless work in generateClonedIndexStmt().  Undo some
poorly chosen API changes, and put a couple of routines in modules that seem
to be better places for them.
2007-12-01 23:44:44 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f6e8730d11 Re-run pgindent with updated list of typedefs. (Updated README should
avoid this problem in the future.)
2007-11-15 22:25:18 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
fdf5a5efb7 pgindent run for 8.3. 2007-11-15 21:14:46 +00:00
Tom Lane
2de946be6a Improve the performance of LIKE/regex estimation in non-C locales, by making
make_greater_string() try harder to generate a string that's actually greater
than its input string.  Before we just assumed that making a string that was
memcmp-greater was enough, but it is easy to generate examples where this is
not so when the locale is not C.  Instead, loop until the relevant comparison
function agrees that the generated string is greater than the input.

Unfortunately this is probably not enough to guarantee that the generated
string is greater than all extensions of the input, so we cannot relax the
restriction to C locale for the LIKE/regex index optimization.  But it should
at least improve the odds of getting a useful selectivity estimate in
prefix_selectivity().  Per example from Guillaume Smet.

Backpatch to 8.1, mainly because that's what the complainant is using...
2007-11-07 22:37:24 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
5f9869d0ee Use "alternative" instead of "alternate" where it is clearer. 2007-11-07 12:24:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
18e3fcc31e Migrate the former contrib/txid module into core. This will make it easier
for Slony and Skytools to depend on it.  Per discussion.
2007-10-13 23:06:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
537e92e41f Fix ALTER COLUMN TYPE to preserve the tablespace and reloptions of indexes
it affects.  The original coding neglected tablespace entirely (causing
the indexes to move to the database's default tablespace) and for an index
belonging to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, it would actually try to
assign the parent table's reloptions to the index :-(.  Per bug #3672 and
subsequent investigation.

8.0 and 8.1 did not have reloptions, but the tablespace bug is present.
2007-10-13 15:55:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
f828f878e9 Change on-disk representation of NUMERIC datatype so that the sign_dscale
word comes before the weight instead of after.  This will allow future
binary-compatible extension of the representation to support compact formats,
as discussed on pgsql-hackers around 2007/06/18.  The reason to do it now is
that we've already pretty well broken any chance of simple in-place upgrade
from 8.2 to 8.3, but it's possible that 8.3 to 8.4 (or whenever we get around
to squeezing NUMERIC) could otherwise be data-compatible.
2007-09-25 22:21:55 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
02138357ff Remove "convert 'blah' using conversion_name" facility, because if it
produces text it is an encoding hole and if not it's incompatible
with the spec, whatever the spec means (which we're not sure about anyway).
2007-09-24 01:29:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
282d2a03dd HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed
columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer
generate extra index entries for the new version.  Instead, index searches
follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version.

In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a
per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space.
VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however.

Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 17:56:33 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
55613bf9cd Close previously open holes for invalidly encoded data to enter the
database via builtin functions, as recently discussed on -hackers.

chr() now returns a character in the database encoding. For UTF8 encoded databases
the argument is treated as a Unicode code point. For other multi-byte encodings
the argument must designate a strict ascii character, or an error is raised,
as is also the case if the argument is 0.

ascii() is adjusted so that it remains the inverse of chr().

The two argument form of convert() is gone, and the three argument form now
takes a bytea first argument and returns a bytea. To cover this loss three new
functions are introduced:
. convert_from(bytea, name) returns text - converts the first argument from the
  named encoding to the database encoding
. convert_to(text, name) returns bytea - converts the first argument from the
  database encoding to the named encoding
. length(bytea, name) returns int - gives the length of the first argument in
  characters in the named encoding
2007-09-18 17:41:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
82a47982f3 Arrange for SET LOCAL's effects to persist until the end of the current top
transaction, unless rolled back or overridden by a SET clause for the same
variable attached to a surrounding function call.  Per discussion, these
seem the best semantics.  Note that this is an INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE: in 8.0
through 8.2, SET LOCAL's effects disappeared at subtransaction commit
(leading to behavior that made little sense at the SQL level).

I took advantage of the opportunity to rewrite and simplify the GUC variable
save/restore logic a little bit.  The old idea of a "tentative" value is gone;
it was a hangover from before we had a stack.  Also, we no longer need a stack
entry for every nesting level, but only for those in which a variable's value
actually changed.
2007-09-11 00:06:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
40fda15dce Code review for GUC revert-values-if-removed-from-postgresql.conf patch;
and in passing, fix some bogosities dating from the custom_variable_classes
patch.  Fix guc-file.l to correctly check changes in custom_variable_classes
that are attempted concurrently with additions/removals of custom variables,
and don't allow the new setting to be applied in advance of checking it.
Clean up messy and undocumented situation for string variables with NULL
boot_val.  Fix DefineCustomVariable functions to initialize boot_val
correctly.  Prevent find_option from inserting bogus placeholders for custom
variables that are simply inquired about rather than being set.
2007-09-10 00:57:22 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
2e74c53ec1 Provide for binary input/output of enums, to fix complaint from Merlin Moncure.
This just provides text values, we're not exposing the underlying Oid representation.
Catalog version bumped.
2007-09-04 16:41:43 +00:00
Tom Lane
e7889b83b7 Support SET FROM CURRENT in CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER DATABASE, ALTER ROLE.
(Actually, it works as a plain statement too, but I didn't document that
because it seems a bit useless.)  Unify VariableResetStmt with
VariableSetStmt, and clean up some ancient cruft in the representation of
same.
2007-09-03 18:46:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
2abae34a2e Implement function-local GUC parameter settings, as per recent discussion.
There are still some loose ends: I didn't do anything about the SET FROM
CURRENT idea yet, and it's not real clear whether we are happy with the
interaction of SET LOCAL with function-local settings.  The documentation
is a bit spartan, too.
2007-09-03 00:39:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
0ee5a39862 Apply a band-aid fix for the problem that 8.2 and up completely misestimate
the number of rows likely to be produced by a query such as
	SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 USING (key) WHERE t2.key IS NULL;
What this is doing is selecting for t1 rows with no match in t2, and thus
it may produce a significant number of rows even if the t2.key table column
contains no nulls at all.  8.2 thinks the table column's null fraction is
relevant and thus may estimate no rows out, which results in terrible plans
if there are more joins above this one.  A proper fix for this will involve
passing much more information about the context of a clause to the selectivity
estimator functions than we ever have.  There's no time left to write such a
patch for 8.3, and it wouldn't be back-patchable into 8.2 anyway.  Instead,
put in an ad-hoc test to defeat the normal table-stats-based estimation when
an IS NULL test is evaluated at an outer join, and just use a constant
estimate instead --- I went with 0.5 for lack of a better idea.  This won't
catch every case but it will catch the typical ways of writing such queries,
and it seems unlikely to make things worse for other queries.
2007-08-31 23:35:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
6c96188cb5 Remove the 'not in' operator (!!=). This was a hangover from Berkeley
days that was obsolete the moment we had IN (SELECT ...) capability.
It's arguably a security hole since it applied no permissions check to
the table it searched, and since it was never documented anywhere,
removing it seems more appropriate than fixing it.
2007-08-27 01:39:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
140d4ebcb4 Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by
Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing,
so anything that's broken is probably my fault.

Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can
get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 01:11:32 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
fd801f4faa Provide for logfiles in machine readable CSV format. In consequence, rename
redirect_stderr to logging_collector.
Original patch from Arul Shaji, subsequently modified by Greg Smith, and then
heavily modified by me.
2007-08-19 01:41:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
67f99d216a Fix oversight in async-commit patch: there were some places in heapam.c
that still thought they could set HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED immediately after
seeing the other transaction commit.  Make them use the same logic as
tqual.c does to determine if the hint bit can be set yet.
2007-08-14 17:35:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
8d30337566 Fix up bad layout of some comments (probably pg_indent's fault), and
improve grammar a tad.  Per Greg Stark.
2007-08-04 21:53:00 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
906b2e1b37 Rename DLLIMPORT macro to PGDLLIMPORT to avoid conflict with
third party includes (like tcl) that define DLLIMPORT.
2007-07-25 12:22:54 +00:00
Neil Conway
474774918b Implement CREATE TABLE LIKE ... INCLUDING INDEXES. Patch from NikhilS,
based in part on an earlier patch from Trevor Hardcastle, and reviewed
by myself.
2007-07-17 05:02:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
7af3a6fc6f Fix up hash functions for datetime datatypes so that they don't take
unwarranted liberties with int8 vs float8 values for these types.
Specifically, be sure to apply either hashint8 or hashfloat8 depending
on HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP.  Per my gripe of even date.
2007-07-06 04:16:00 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
80f3b5ad2e Remove unused "caller" argument from stringToQualifiedNameList. 2007-06-26 16:48:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
23347231a5 Tweak the API for per-datatype typmodin functions so that they are passed
an array of strings rather than an array of integers, and allow any simple
constant or identifier to be used in typmods; for example
	create table foo (f1 widget(42,'23skidoo',point));
Of course the typmodin function has still got to pack this info into a
non-negative int32 for storage, but it's still a useful improvement in
flexibility, especially considering that you can do nearly anything if you
are willing to keep the info in a side table.  We can get away with this
change since we have not yet released a version providing user-definable
typmods.  Per discussion.
2007-06-15 20:56:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
8be9b50ab4 Minor comment fixes. 2007-06-12 16:01:31 +00:00
Tom Lane
2d4db3675f Fix up text concatenation so that it accepts all the reasonable cases that
were accepted by prior Postgres releases.  This takes care of the loose end
left by the preceding patch to downgrade implicit casts-to-text.  To avoid
breaking desirable behavior for array concatenation, introduce a new
polymorphic pseudo-type "anynonarray" --- the added concatenation operators
are actually text || anynonarray and anynonarray || text.
2007-06-06 23:00:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
31edbadf4a Downgrade implicit casts to text to be assignment-only, except for the ones
from the other string-category types; this eliminates a lot of surprising
interpretations that the parser could formerly make when there was no directly
applicable operator.

Create a general mechanism that supports casts to and from the standard string
types (text,varchar,bpchar) for *every* datatype, by invoking the datatype's
I/O functions.  These new casts are assignment-only in the to-string direction,
explicit-only in the other, and therefore should create no surprising behavior.
Remove a bunch of thereby-obsoleted datatype-specific casting functions.

The "general mechanism" is a new expression node type CoerceViaIO that can
actually convert between *any* two datatypes if their external text
representations are compatible.  This is more general than needed for the
immediate feature, but might be useful in plpgsql or other places in future.

This commit does nothing about the issue that applying the concatenation
operator || to non-text types will now fail, often with strange error messages
due to misinterpreting the operator as array concatenation.  Since it often
(not always) worked before, we should either make it succeed or at least give
a more user-friendly error; but details are still under debate.

Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
2007-06-05 21:31:09 +00:00
Jan Wieck
1120b99445 The session_replication_role actually can be changed at will during
a session regardless of the existence of cached plans. The plancache
only needs to be invalidated so that rules affected by the new setting
will be reflected in the new query plans.

Jan
2007-06-05 20:00:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
acfce502ba Create a GUC parameter temp_tablespaces that allows selection of the
tablespace(s) in which to store temp tables and temporary files.  This is a
list to allow spreading the load across multiple tablespaces (a random list
element is chosen each time a temp object is to be created).  Temp files are
not stored in per-database pgsql_tmp/ directories anymore, but per-tablespace
directories.

Jaime Casanova and Albert Cervera, with review by Bernd Helmle and Tom Lane.
2007-06-03 17:08:34 +00:00
Neil Conway
f086be3d39 Allow leading and trailing whitespace in the input to the boolean
type. Also, add explicit casts between boolean and text/varchar. Both
of these changes are for conformance with SQL:2003.

Update the regression tests, bump the catversion.
2007-06-01 23:40:19 +00:00
Neil Conway
6af04882de Fix a bug in input processing for the "interval" type. Previously,
"microsecond" and "millisecond" units were not considered valid input
by themselves, which caused inputs like "1 millisecond" to be rejected
erroneously.

Update the docs, add regression tests, and backport to 8.2 and 8.1
2007-05-29 04:58:43 +00:00
Tom Lane
77947c51c0 Fix up pgstats counting of live and dead tuples to recognize that committed
and aborted transactions have different effects; also teach it not to assume
that prepared transactions are always committed.

Along the way, simplify the pgstats API by tying counting directly to
Relations; I cannot detect any redeeming social value in having stats
pointers in HeapScanDesc and IndexScanDesc structures.  And fix a few
corner cases in which counts might be missed because the relation's
pgstat_info pointer hadn't been set.
2007-05-27 03:50:39 +00:00
Tom Lane
2415ad9831 Teach tuplestore.c to throw away data before the "mark" point when the caller
is using mark/restore but not rewind or backward-scan capability.  Insert a
materialize plan node between a mergejoin and its inner child if the inner
child is a sort that is expected to spill to disk.  The materialize shields
the sort from the need to do mark/restore and thereby allows it to perform
its final merge pass on-the-fly; while the materialize itself is normally
cheap since it won't spill to disk unless the number of tuples with equal
key values exceeds work_mem.

Greg Stark, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-05-21 17:57:35 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
3963574d13 XPath fixes:
- Function renamed to "xpath".
 - Function is now strict, per discussion.
 - Return empty array in case when XPath expression detects nothing
   (previously, NULL was returned in such case), per discussion.
 - (bugfix) Work with fragments with prologue: select xpath('/a',
   '<?xml version="1.0"?><a /><b />'); // now XML datum is always wrapped
   with dummy <x>...</x>, XML prologue simply goes away (if any).
 - Some cleanup.

Nikolay Samokhvalov

Some code cleanup and documentation work by myself.
2007-05-21 17:10:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
dbb769352d Temporary fix for the problem that pg_stat_activity, inet_client_addr(),
and inet_server_addr() fail if the client connected over a "scoped" IPv6
address.  In this case getnameinfo() will return a string ending with
a poorly-standardized "%something" zone specifier, which these functions
try to feed to network_in(), which won't take it.  So that we don't lose
functionality altogether, suppress the zone specifier before giving the
string to network_in().  Per report from Brian Hirt.

TODO: probably someday the inet type should support scoped IPv6 addresses,
and then this patch should be reverted.

Backpatch to 8.2 ... is it worth going further?
2007-05-17 23:31:49 +00:00
Neil Conway
ade493e02d Add a hash function for "numeric". Mark the equality operator for
numerics as "oprcanhash", and make the corresponding system catalog
updates. As a result, hash indexes, hashed aggregation, and hash
joins can now be used with the numeric type. Bump the catversion.

The only tricky aspect to doing this is writing a correct hash
function: it's possible for two Numerics to be equal according to
their equality operator, but have different in-memory bit patterns.
To cope with this, the hash function doesn't consider the Numeric's
"scale" or "sign", and explictly skips any leading or trailing
zeros in the Numeric's digit buffer (the current implementation
should suppress any such zeros, but it seems unwise to rely upon
this). See discussion on pgsql-patches for more details.
2007-05-08 18:56:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
d2a4a4069f Add a line to the EXPLAIN ANALYZE output for a Sort node, showing the
actual sort strategy and amount of space used.  By popular demand.
2007-05-04 21:29:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
79ca7ffeb6 A few fixups in error handling: mark pg_re_throw() as noreturn for gcc,
and for other compilers, insert a dummy exit() call so that they understand
PG_RE_THROW() doesn't return.  Insert fflush(stderr) in ExceptionalCondition,
per recent buildfarm evidence that that might not happen automatically on some
platforms.  And const-ify ExceptionalCondition's declaration while at it.
2007-05-04 02:01:02 +00:00
Tom Lane
d26559dbf3 Teach tuplesort.c about "top N" sorting, in which only the first N tuples
need be returned.  We keep a heap of the current best N tuples and sift-up
new tuples into it as we scan the input.  For M input tuples this means
only about M*log(N) comparisons instead of M*log(M), not to mention a lot
less workspace when N is small --- avoiding spill-to-disk for large M
is actually the most attractive thing about it.  Patch includes planner
and executor support for invoking this facility in ORDER BY ... LIMIT
queries.  Greg Stark, with some editorialization by moi.
2007-05-04 01:13:45 +00:00
Tom Lane
88f1fd2989 Fix oversight in PG_RE_THROW processing: it's entirely possible that there
isn't any place to throw the error to.  If so, we should treat the error
as FATAL, just as we would have if it'd been thrown outside the PG_TRY
block to begin with.

Although this is clearly a *potential* source of bugs, it is not clear
at the moment whether it is an *actual* source of bugs; there may not
presently be any PG_TRY blocks in code that can be reached with no outer
longjmp catcher.  So for the moment I'm going to be conservative and not
back-patch this.  The change breaks ABI for users of PG_RE_THROW and hence
might create compatibility problems for loadable modules, so we should not
put it into released branches without proof that it's needed.
2007-05-02 15:32:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
c432061963 Change the timestamps recorded in transaction commit/abort xlog records
from time_t to TimestampTz representation.  This provides full gettimeofday()
resolution of the timestamps, which might be useful when attempting to
do point-in-time recovery --- previously it was not possible to specify
the stop point with sub-second resolution.  But mostly this is to get
rid of TimestampTz-to-time_t conversion overhead during commit.  Per my
proposal of a day or two back.
2007-04-30 21:01:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
957d08c81f Implement rate-limiting logic on how often backends will attempt to send
messages to the stats collector.  This avoids the problem that enabling
stats_row_level for autovacuum has a significant overhead for short
read-only transactions, as noted by Arjen van der Meijden.  We can avoid
an extra gettimeofday call by piggybacking on the one done for WAL-logging
xact commit or abort (although that doesn't help read-only transactions,
since they don't WAL-log anything).

In my proposal for this, I noted that we could change the WAL log entries
for commit/abort to record full TimestampTz precision, instead of only
time_t as at present.  That's not done in this patch, but will be committed
separately.
2007-04-30 03:23:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
a2e923a652 Fix dynahash.c to suppress hash bucket splits while a hash_seq_search() scan
is in progress on the same hashtable.  This seems the least invasive way to
fix the recently-recognized problem that a split could cause the scan to
visit entries twice or (with much lower probability) miss them entirely.
The only field-reported problem caused by this is the "failed to re-find
shared lock object" PANIC in COMMIT PREPARED reported by Michel Dorochevsky,
which was caused by multiply visited entries.  However, it seems certain
that mdsync() is vulnerable to missing required fsync's due to missed
entries, and I am fearful that RelationCacheInitializePhase2() might be at
risk as well.  Because of that and the generalized hazard presented by this
bug, back-patch all the supported branches.

Along the way, fix pg_prepared_statement() and pg_cursor() to not assume
that the hashtables they are examining will stay static between calls.
This is risky regardless of the newly noted dynahash problem, because
hash_seq_search() has never promised to cope with deletion of table entries
other than the just-returned one.  There may be no bug here because the only
supported way to call these functions is via ExecMakeTableFunctionResult()
which will cycle them to completion before doing anything very interesting,
but it seems best to get rid of the assumption.  This affects 8.2 and HEAD
only, since those functions weren't there earlier.
2007-04-26 23:24:46 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
b7edb568bd Make configuration parameters fall back to their default values when they
are removed from the configuration file.

Joachim Wieland
2007-04-21 20:02:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
42dc4b66e6 Make plancache store cursor options so it can pass them to planner during
a replan.  I had originally thought this was not necessary, but the new
SPI facilities create a path whereby queries planned with non-default
options can get into the cache, so it is necessary.
2007-04-16 18:21:07 +00:00
Neil Conway
d13e903bea RESET SESSION, plus related new DDL commands. Patch from Marko Kreen,
reviewed by Neil Conway. This patch adds the following DDL command
variants: RESET SESSION, RESET TEMP, RESET PLANS, CLOSE ALL, and
DEALLOCATE ALL. RESET SESSION is intended for use by connection
pool software and the like, in order to reset a client session
to something close to its initial state.

Note that while most of these command variants can be executed
inside a transaction block (but are not transaction-aware!),
RESET SESSION cannot. While this is inconsistent, it is intended
to catch programmer mistakes: RESET SESSION in an open transaction
block is probably unintended.
2007-04-12 06:53:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
3e23b68dac Support varlena fields with single-byte headers and unaligned storage.
This commit breaks any code that assumes that the mere act of forming a tuple
(without writing it to disk) does not "toast" any fields.  While all available
regression tests pass, I'm not totally sure that we've fixed every nook and
cranny, especially in contrib.

Greg Stark with some help from Tom Lane
2007-04-06 04:21:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
57690c6803 Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of
pg_type.typtype whereever practical.  Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing
from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 03:49:42 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
0b75afda92 Mapping schemas and databases to XML and XML Schema.
Refactor and document the remaining mapping code.
2007-04-01 09:00:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
fba8113c1b Teach CLUSTER to skip writing WAL if not needed (ie, not using archiving)
--- Simon.
Also, code review and cleanup for the previous COPY-no-WAL patches --- Tom.
2007-03-29 00:15:39 +00:00
Tom Lane
bf94076348 Fix array coercion expressions to ensure that the correct volatility is
seen by code inspecting the expression.  The best way to do this seems
to be to drop the original representation as a function invocation, and
instead make a special expression node type that represents applying
the element-type coercion function to each array element.  In this way
the element function is exposed and will be checked for volatility.
Per report from Guillaume Smet.
2007-03-27 23:21:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
55a7cf80a0 Allow non-superuser database owners to create procedural languages.
A DBA is allowed to create a language in his database if it's marked
"tmpldbacreate" in pg_pltemplate.  The factory default is that this is set
for all standard trusted languages, but of course a superuser may adjust
the settings.  In service of this, add the long-foreseen owner column to
pg_language; renaming, dropping, and altering owner of a PL now follow
normal ownership rules instead of being superuser-only.
Jeremy Drake, with some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2007-03-26 16:58:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
e85a01df67 Clean up the representation of special snapshots by including a "method
pointer" in every Snapshot struct.  This allows removal of the case-by-case
tests in HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility, which should make it a bit faster
(I didn't try any performance tests though).  More importantly, we are no
longer violating portable C practices by assuming that small integers are
distinct from all pointer values, and HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty no longer
has a non-reentrant API involving side-effects on a global variable.

There were a couple of places calling HeapTupleSatisfiesXXX routines
directly rather than through the HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility macro.
Since these places had to be changed anyway, I chose to make them go
through the macro for uniformity.

Along the way I renamed HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot to HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC
to emphasize that it's only used with MVCC-type snapshots.  I was sorely
tempted to rename HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility to HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot,
but forebore for the moment to avoid confusion and reduce the likelihood that
this patch breaks some of the pending patches.  Might want to reconsider
doing that later.
2007-03-25 19:45:14 +00:00
Tom Lane
547b6e537a Fix plancache so that any required replanning is done with the same
search_path that was active when the plan was first made.  To do this,
improve namespace.c to support a stack of "override" search path settings
(we must have a stack since nested replan events are entirely possible).
This facility replaces the "special namespace" hack formerly used by
CREATE SCHEMA, and should be able to support per-function search path
settings as well.
2007-03-23 19:53:52 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e651bcf3f6 Add xmlpath() to evaluate XPath expressions, with namespaces support.
Nikolay Samokhvalov
2007-03-22 20:14:58 +00:00
Neil Conway
9eb78beeae Add three new regexp functions: regexp_matches, regexp_split_to_array,
and regexp_split_to_table. These functions provide access to the
capture groups resulting from a POSIX regular expression match,
and provide the ability to split a string on a POSIX regular
expression, respectively. Patch from Jeremy Drake; code review by
Neil Conway, additional comments and suggestions from Tom and
Peter E.

This patch bumps the catversion, adds some regression tests,
and updates the docs.
2007-03-20 05:45:00 +00:00
Jan Wieck
0fe16500d3 Changes pg_trigger and extend pg_rewrite in order to allow triggers and
rules to be defined with different, per session controllable, behaviors
for replication purposes.

This will allow replication systems like Slony-I and, as has been stated
on pgsql-hackers, other products to control the firing mechanism of
triggers and rewrite rules without modifying the system catalog directly.

The firing mechanisms are controlled by a new superuser-only GUC
variable, session_replication_role, together with a change to
pg_trigger.tgenabled and a new column pg_rewrite.ev_enabled. Both
columns are a single char data type now (tgenabled was a bool before).
The possible values in these attributes are:

     'O' - Trigger/Rule fires when session_replication_role is "origin"
           (default) or "local". This is the default behavior.

     'D' - Trigger/Rule is disabled and fires never

     'A' - Trigger/Rule fires always regardless of the setting of
           session_replication_role

     'R' - Trigger/Rule fires when session_replication_role is "replica"

The GUC variable can only be changed as long as the system does not have
any cached query plans. This will prevent changing the session role and
accidentally executing stored procedures or functions that have plans
cached that expand to the wrong query set due to differences in the rule
firing semantics.

The SQL syntax for changing a triggers/rules firing semantics is

     ALTER TABLE <tabname> <when> TRIGGER|RULE <name>;

     <when> ::= ENABLE | ENABLE ALWAYS | ENABLE REPLICA | DISABLE

psql's \d command as well as pg_dump are extended in a backward
compatible fashion.

Jan
2007-03-19 23:38:32 +00:00
Tom Lane
95f6d2d209 Make use of plancache module for SPI plans. In particular, since plpgsql
uses SPI plans, this finally fixes the ancient gotcha that you can't
drop and recreate a temp table used by a plpgsql function.

Along the way, clean up SPI's API a little bit by declaring SPI plan
pointers as "SPIPlanPtr" instead of "void *".  This is cosmetic but
helps to forestall simple programming mistakes.  (I have changed some
but not all of the callers to match; there are still some "void *"'s
in contrib and the PL's.  This is intentional so that we can see if
anyone's compiler complains about it.)
2007-03-15 23:12:07 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
f4ee82e3d3 Reverted waiting for further fixes:
Make configuration parameters fall back to their default values when they
are removed from the configuration file.

Joachim Wieland
2007-03-13 14:32:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
b9527e9840 First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management
module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it.
In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse
analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for
utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks
for utility statements when reusing a stored plan).  This requires some
refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway,
for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global.

Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to
try to make SQL functions use it too.  Also, there are at least some aspects
of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in
the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for
instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 00:33:44 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
f84308f195 Make configuration parameters fall back to their default values when they
are removed from the configuration file.

Joachim Wieland
2007-03-12 22:09:28 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a535cdf130 Revert temp_tablespaces because of coding problems, per Tom. 2007-03-06 02:06:15 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
63c678d17b Fix for COPY-after-truncate feature.
Simon Riggs
2007-03-03 20:08:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
61c3e5b248 Make log_min_error_statement put LOG level at the same priority as
log_min_messages does; and arrange to suppress the duplicative output
that would otherwise result from log_statement and log_duration messages.
Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2007-03-02 23:37:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
234a02b2a8 Replace direct assignments to VARATT_SIZEP(x) with SET_VARSIZE(x, len).
Get rid of VARATT_SIZE and VARATT_DATA, which were simply redundant with
VARSIZE and VARDATA, and as a consequence almost no code was using the
longer names.  Rename the length fields of struct varlena and various
derived structures to catch anyplace that was accessing them directly;
and clean up various places so caught.  In itself this patch doesn't
change any behavior at all, but it is necessary infrastructure if we hope
to play any games with the representation of varlena headers.
Greg Stark and Tom Lane
2007-02-27 23:48:10 +00:00
Tom Lane
655aa5b330 Now that plans have flat rangetable lists, it's a lot easier to get EXPLAIN to
drill down into subplan targetlists to print the referent expression for an
OUTER or INNER var in an upper plan node.  Hence, make it do that always, and
banish the old hack of showing "?columnN?" when things got too complicated.

Along the way, fix an EXPLAIN bug I introduced by suppressing subqueries from
execution-time range tables: get_name_for_var_field() assumed it could look at
rte->subquery to find out the real type of a RECORD var.  That doesn't work
anymore, but instead we can look at the input plan of the SubqueryScan plan
node.
2007-02-23 21:59:45 +00:00
Tom Lane
9cbd0c155d Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop
storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc.
To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the
planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of
Query that are still needed at runtime.  The statement lists kept in portals
etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes
--- no Query.  This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query
and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place.

Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the
range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries.

initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 17:32:18 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
3e803f7273 Add "isodow" option to EXTRACT() and date_part() where Sunday = 7. 2007-02-19 17:41:39 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
89a624439e Create AVG() aggregates for int8 and NUMERIC which do not compute X^2,
as a performance enhancement.

Mark Kirkwood
2007-02-17 00:55:58 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
355e05ab41 Functions for mapping table data and table schemas to XML (a.k.a. XML export) 2007-02-16 07:46:55 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4ebb0cf9c3 Add two new format fields for use with to_char(), to_date() and
to_timestamp():
    - ID for day-of-week
    - IDDD for day-of-year

This makes it possible to convert ISO week dates to and from text
fully represented in either week ('IYYY-IW-ID') or day-of-year
('IYYY-IDDD') format.

I have also added an 'isoyear' field for use with extract / date_part.

Brendan Jurd
2007-02-16 03:39:46 +00:00
Tom Lane
7bddca3450 Fix up foreign-key mechanism so that there is a sound semantic basis for the
equality checks it applies, instead of a random dependence on whatever
operators might be named "=".  The equality operators will now be selected
from the opfamily of the unique index that the FK constraint depends on to
enforce uniqueness of the referenced columns; therefore they are certain to be
consistent with that index's notion of equality.  Among other things this
should fix the problem noted awhile back that pg_dump may fail for foreign-key
constraints on user-defined types when the required operators aren't in the
search path.  This also means that the former warning condition about "foreign
key constraint will require costly sequential scans" is gone: if the
comparison condition isn't indexable then we'll reject the constraint
entirely. All per past discussions.

Along the way, make the RI triggers look into pg_constraint for their
information, instead of using pg_trigger.tgargs; and get rid of the always
error-prone fixed-size string buffers in ri_triggers.c in favor of building up
the RI queries in StringInfo buffers.

initdb forced due to columns added to pg_constraint and pg_trigger.
2007-02-14 01:58:58 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
eb19144894 Add support for optionally escaping periods when converting SQL identifiers
to XML names, which will be required for supporting XML export.
2007-02-11 22:18:16 +00:00
Tom Lane
c398300330 Combine cmin and cmax fields of HeapTupleHeaders into a single field, by
keeping private state in each backend that has inserted and deleted the same
tuple during its current top-level transaction.  This is sufficient since
there is no need to be able to determine the cmin/cmax from any other
transaction.  This gets us back down to 23-byte headers, removing a penalty
paid in 8.0 to support subtransactions.  Patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with
minor revisions by moi, following a design hashed out awhile back on the
pghackers list.
2007-02-09 03:35:35 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
ec020e1ceb Implement XMLSERIALIZE for real. Analogously, make the xml to text cast
observe the xmloption.

Reorganize the representation of the XML option in the parse tree and the
API to make it easier to manage and understand.

Add regression tests for parsing back XML expressions.
2007-02-03 14:06:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
a635c08fa1 Add support for cross-type hashing in hash index searches and hash joins.
Hashing for aggregation purposes still needs work, so it's not time to
mark any cross-type operators as hashable for general use, but these cases
work if the operators are so marked by hand in the system catalogs.
2007-01-30 01:33:36 +00:00
Neil Conway
74a1a2b8b1 Rename the uuid_t type to pg_uuid_t, to avoid a conflict with any
definitions of uuid_t that may be provided by the system headers. This
should hopefully fix the Win32 build problems reported by Magnus.
2007-01-28 20:25:38 +00:00
Neil Conway
a534068e0e Add a new builtin type, "uuid". This implements a UUID type, similar to
that defined in RFC 4122. This patch includes the basic implementation,
plus regression tests. Documentation and perhaps some additional
functionality will come later. Catversion bumped.

Patch from Gevik Babakhani; review from Peter, Tom, and myself.
2007-01-28 16:16:54 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
22bd156ff0 Various fixes in the logic of XML functions:
- Add new SQL command SET XML OPTION (also available via regular GUC) to
  control the DOCUMENT vs. CONTENT option in implicit parsing and
  serialization operations.

- Subtle corrections in the handling of the standalone property in
  xmlroot().

- Allow xmlroot() to work on content fragments.

- Subtle corrections in the handling of the version property in
  xmlconcat().

- Code refactoring for producing XML declarations.
2007-01-25 11:53:52 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
148ea5cbea Add GUC temp_tablespaces to provide a default location for temporary
objects.

Jaime Casanova
2007-01-25 04:35:11 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
ef65f6f7a4 Prevent WAL logging when COPY is done in the same transation that
created it.

Simon Riggs
2007-01-25 02:17:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
a33cf1041f Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR
FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a
class to a pre-existing family.  Per previous discussion.  Man, what a
tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 05:07:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
4f06c688c7 Put back planner's ability to cache the results of mergejoinscansel(),
which I had removed in the first cut of the EquivalenceClass rewrite to
simplify that patch a little.  But it's still important --- in a four-way
join problem mergejoinscansel() was eating about 40% of the planning time
according to gprof.  Also, improve the EquivalenceClass code to re-use
join RestrictInfos rather than generating fresh ones for each join
considered.  This saves some memory space but more importantly improves
the effectiveness of caching planning info in RestrictInfos.
2007-01-22 20:00:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
5a7471c307 Add COST and ROWS options to CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION, plus underlying pg_proc
columns procost and prorows, to allow simple user adjustment of the estimated
cost of a function call, as well as control of the estimated number of rows
returned by a set-returning function.  We might eventually wish to extend this
to allow function-specific estimation routines, but there seems to be
consensus that we should try a simple constant estimate first.  In particular
this provides a relatively simple way to control the order in which different
WHERE clauses are applied in a plan node, which is a Good Thing in view of the
fact that the recent EquivalenceClass planner rewrite made that much less
predictable than before.
2007-01-22 01:35:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
066926dfbb Refactor some lsyscache routines to eliminate duplicate code and save
a couple of syscache lookups in make_pathkey_from_sortinfo().
2007-01-21 00:57:15 +00:00
Tom Lane
f41803bb39 Refactor planner's pathkeys data structure to create a separate, explicit
representation of equivalence classes of variables.  This is an extensive
rewrite, but it brings a number of benefits:
* planner no longer fails in the presence of "incomplete" operator families
that don't offer operators for every possible combination of datatypes.
* avoid generating and then discarding redundant equality clauses.
* remove bogus assumption that derived equalities always use operators
named "=".
* mergejoins can work with a variety of sort orders (e.g., descending) now,
instead of tying each mergejoinable operator to exactly one sort order.
* better recognition of redundant sort columns.
* can make use of equalities appearing underneath an outer join.
2007-01-20 20:45:41 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
b4c8d49036 Fix xmlconcat by properly merging the XML declarations. Add aggregate
function xmlagg.
2007-01-20 09:27:20 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
4b48ad4fb2 Add support for converting binary values (i.e. bytea) into xml values,
with new GUC parameter "xmlbinary" that controls the output encoding, as
per SQL/XML standard.
2007-01-19 16:58:46 +00:00
Neil Conway
cf57ef4e50 Implement width_bucket() for the float8 data type.
The implementation is somewhat ugly logic-wise, but I don't see an
easy way to make it more concise.

When writing this, I noticed that my previous implementation of
width_bucket() doesn't handle NaN correctly:

    postgres=# select width_bucket('NaN', 1, 5, 5);
     width_bucket
    --------------
                6
    (1 row)

AFAICS SQL:2003 does not define a NaN value, so it doesn't address how
width_bucket() should behave here. The patch changes width_bucket() so
that ereport(ERROR) is raised if NaN is specified for the operand or the
lower or upper bounds to width_bucket(). For float8, NaN is disallowed
for any of the floating-point inputs, and +/- infinity is disallowed
for the histogram bounds (but allowed for the operand).

Update docs and regression tests, bump the catversion.
2007-01-16 21:41:14 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
2f8f76bcd5 Add support for xmlval IS DOCUMENT expression. 2007-01-14 13:11:54 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
8b35795362 Use XML output escaping also in XMLFOREST. 2007-01-12 21:47:27 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
c0e977c18f Use libxml's xmlwriter API for producing XML elements, instead of doing
our own printing dance.  This does a better job of quoting and escaping the
values.
2007-01-10 20:33:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
a191a169d6 Change the planner-to-executor API so that the planner tells the executor
which comparison operators to use for plan nodes involving tuple comparison
(Agg, Group, Unique, SetOp).  Formerly the executor looked up the default
equality operator for the datatype, which was really pretty shaky, since it's
possible that the data being fed to the node is sorted according to some
nondefault operator class that could have an incompatible idea of equality.
The planner knows what it has sorted by and therefore can provide the right
equality operator to use.  Also, this change moves a couple of catalog lookups
out of the executor and into the planner, which should help startup time for
pre-planned queries by some small amount.  Modify the planner to remove some
other cavalier assumptions about always being able to use the default
operators.  Also add "nulls first/last" info to the Plan node for a mergejoin
--- neither the executor nor the planner can cope yet, but at least the API is
in place.
2007-01-10 18:06:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
be8a431881 Add GUC log_temp_files to log the use of temporary files.
Bill Moran
2007-01-09 21:31:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
4431758229 Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST
per-column options for btree indexes.  The planner's support for this is still
pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with
nondefault ordering options.  The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too.
I'll work on improving that stuff later.

Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be
rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some
btree opclass.  This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that
doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 02:14:16 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
d807c7ef3f Some fine-tuning of xmlpi in corner cases:
- correct error codes
- do syntax checks in correct order
- strip leading spaces of argument
2007-01-07 22:49:56 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
29dccf5fe0 Update CVS HEAD for 2007 copyright. Back branches are typically not
back-stamped for this.
2007-01-05 22:20:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
d6061d2f31 Fix regex_fixed_prefix() to cope reasonably well with regex patterns of the
form '^(foo)$'.  Before, these could never be optimized into indexscans.
The recent changes to make psql and pg_dump generate such patterns (for \d
commands and -t and related switches, respectively) therefore represented
a big performance hit for people with large pg_class catalogs, as seen in
recent gripe from Erik Jones.  While at it, be more paranoid about
case-sensitivity checking in multibyte encodings, and fix some other
corner cases in which a regex might be interpreted too liberally.
2007-01-03 22:39:26 +00:00
D'Arcy J.M. Cain
74a40190aa Widen the money type to 64 bits. 2007-01-03 01:19:51 +00:00
Tom Lane
5725b9d9af Support type modifiers for user-defined types, and pull most knowledge
about typmod representation for standard types out into type-specific
typmod I/O functions.  Teodor Sigaev, with some editorialization by
Tom Lane.
2006-12-30 21:21:56 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
8832f0f358 De-escape XML names when reverse-compiling XML expressions. 2006-12-29 10:50:22 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
ad1425ae43 Add send and recv functions for xml type. 2006-12-28 14:28:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
c957c0bac7 Code review for XML patch. Instill a bit of sanity in the location of
the XmlExpr code in various lists, use a representation that has some hope
of reverse-listing correctly (though it's still a de-escaping function
shy of correctness), generally try to make it look more like Postgres
coding conventions.
2006-12-24 00:29:20 +00:00
Tom Lane
64974613c9 Suppress various compiler warnings in new xml code. 2006-12-23 04:56:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
a78fcfb512 Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type
cases.  Operator classes now exist within "operator families".  While most
families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped
into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible.
Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without
having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally.

This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so
that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work
needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later.  Also,
there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way
to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make
one by default.  I owe some more documentation work, too.  But that can all
be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 00:43:13 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
8c1de5fb00 Initial SQL/XML support: xml data type and initial set of functions. 2006-12-21 16:05:16 +00:00
Tom Lane
fc5eb3f69a Tweak accumArrayResult() to double the size of its working arrays when
more space is needed, instead of incrementing by a fixed amount; the old
method wastes lots of space and time when the ultimate size is large.
Per gripe from Tatsuo.
2006-11-08 19:24:38 +00:00
Tom Lane
76d5667ba8 Fix recently-identified PITR recovery hazard: the base backup could contain
stale relcache init files (pg_internal.init), and there is no mechanism for
updating them during WAL replay.  Easiest solution is just to delete the init
files at conclusion of startup, and let the first backend started in each
database take care of rebuilding the init file.  Simon Riggs and Tom Lane.

Back-patched to 8.1.  Arguably this should be fixed in 8.0 too, but it would
require significantly more code since 8.0 has no handy startup-time scan of
pg_database to piggyback on.  Manual solution of the problem is possible
in 8.0 (just delete the pg_internal.init files before starting WAL replay),
so that may be a sufficient answer.
2006-11-05 23:40:31 +00:00
Tom Lane
def651f48f Clean up local redeclarations of variables with DLLIMPORT, per report
from Magnus that MSVC complains about this.
2006-10-19 18:32:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
877f08da14 Fix up timetz input so that a date is required only when the specified
timezone actually has a daylight-savings rule.  This avoids breaking
cases that used to work because they went through the DecodePosixTimezone
code path.  Per contrib regression failures (mea culpa for not running
those yesterday...).  Also document the already-applied change to allow
GMT offsets up to 14 hours.
2006-10-18 16:43:14 +00:00
Tom Lane
71a6f8b85b On platforms that have getrlimit(RLIMIT_STACK), use it to ensure that
max_stack_depth is not set to an unsafe value.

This commit also provides configure-time checking for <sys/resource.h>,
and cleans up some perhaps-unportable code associated with use of that
include file and getrlimit().
2006-10-07 19:25:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
6ea8f49573 Fix SysCacheGetAttr() to handle the case where the specified syscache has not
been initialized yet.  This can happen because there are code paths that call
SysCacheGetAttr() on a tuple originally fetched from a different syscache
(hopefully on the same catalog) than the one specified in the call.  It
doesn't seem useful or robust to try to prevent that from happening, so just
improve the function to cope instead.  Per bug#2678 from Jeff Trout.  The
specific example shown by Jeff is new in 8.1, but to be on the safe side
I'm backpatching 8.0 as well.  We could patch 7.x similarly but I think
that's probably overkill, given the lack of evidence of old bugs of this ilk.
2006-10-06 18:23:35 +00:00
Tom Lane
378c79dc78 Cleanup for pglz_compress code: remove dead code, const-ify API of
remaining functions, simplify pglz_compress's API to not require a useless
data copy when compression fails.  Also add a check in pglz_decompress that
the expected amount of data was decompressed.
2006-10-05 23:33:33 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f99a569a2e pgindent run for 8.2. 2006-10-04 00:30:14 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5441a64164 The attached patch changes units of the some default values in
postgresql.conf.

- shared_buffers = 32000kB => 32MB
- temp_buffers = 8000kB => 8MB
- wal_buffers = 8 => 64kB

The code of initdb was a bit modified to write MB-unit values.
Values greater than 8000kB are rounded out to MB.

GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS is added for wal_buffers. It is like GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS,
but uses XLOG_BLCKSZ instead of BLCKSZ.

Also, I cleaned up the test of GUC_UNIT_* flags in preparation to
add more unit flags in less bits.

ITAGAKI Takahiro
2006-10-03 21:11:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
f213131f20 Fix IS NULL and IS NOT NULL tests on row-valued expressions to conform to
the SQL spec, viz IS NULL is true if all the row's fields are null, IS NOT
NULL is true if all the row's fields are not null.  The former coding got
this right for a limited number of cases with IS NULL (ie, those where it
could disassemble a ROW constructor at parse time), but was entirely wrong
for IS NOT NULL.  Per report from Teodor.

I desisted from changing the behavior for arrays, since on closer inspection
it's not clear that there's any support for that in the SQL spec.  This
probably needs more consideration.
2006-09-28 20:51:43 +00:00
Tom Lane
bfd1ffa948 Change patternsel (LIKE/regex selectivity estimation) so that if there
is a large enough histogram, it will use the number of matches in the
histogram to derive a selectivity estimate, rather than the admittedly
pretty bogus heuristics involving examining the pattern contents.  I set
'large enough' at 100, but perhaps we should change that later.  Also
apply the same technique in contrib/ltree's <@ and @> estimator.  Per
discussion with Stefan Kaltenbrunner and Matteo Beccati.
2006-09-20 19:50:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
9b4cda0df6 Add built-in userlock manipulation functions to replace the former
contrib functionality.  Along the way, remove the USER_LOCKS configuration
symbol, since it no longer makes any sense to try to compile that out.
No user documentation yet ... mmoncure has promised to write some.
Thanks to Abhijit Menon-Sen for creating a first draft to work from.
2006-09-18 22:40:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
5ff4f39c0e Rename the recently-added pg_timezonenames view to pg_timezone_abbrevs,
and create a new view pg_timezone_names that provides information about
the zones known in the 'zic' database.  Magnus Hagander, with some
additional work by Tom Lane.
2006-09-16 20:14:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
f5b4d9a9e0 If we're going to advertise the array overlap/containment operators,
we probably should make them work reliably for all arrays.  Fix code
to handle NULLs and multidimensional arrays, move it into arrayfuncs.c.
GIN is still restricted to indexing arrays with no null elements, however.
2006-09-10 20:14:20 +00:00
Tom Lane
893632be4e Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent
proposal.  Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and
logging overhead is avoided when disabled.

log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example
now looks like

LOG:  statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1
DETAIL:  parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place'
LOG:  statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4
DETAIL:  parameters: $1 = '2'

and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in

LOG:  duration: 2.431 ms  parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1
LOG:  duration: 2.335 ms  bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1
DETAIL:  parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place'
LOG:  duration: 0.394 ms  execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1
DETAIL:  parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place'
LOG:  duration: 1.251 ms  parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4
LOG:  duration: 0.566 ms  bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4
DETAIL:  parameters: $1 = '2'
LOG:  duration: 0.173 ms  execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4
DETAIL:  parameters: $1 = '2'

(This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration
logging purposes, BTW.)

Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands
are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl.  The former coding
was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it
did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all.

This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration
should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-07 22:52:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
7bae5a289c Get rid of the separate RULE privilege for tables: now only a table's owner
can create or modify rules for the table.  Do setRuleCheckAsUser() while
loading rules into the relcache, rather than when defining a rule.  This
ensures that permission checks for tables referenced in a rule are done with
respect to the current owner of the rule's table, whereas formerly ALTER TABLE
OWNER would fail to update the permission checking for associated rules.
Removal of separate RULE privilege is needed to prevent various scenarios
in which a grantee of RULE privilege could effectively have any privilege
of the table owner.  For backwards compatibility, GRANT/REVOKE RULE is still
accepted, but it doesn't do anything.  Per discussion here:
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-04/msg01138.php
2006-09-05 21:08:36 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
786c3c0355 Fix imprecision from interval rounding of multiplication/division.
Bruce, Michael Glaesemann
2006-09-05 01:13:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
8fad2e3ff4 Arrange for GetSnapshotData to copy live-subtransaction XIDs from the
PGPROC array into snapshots, and use this information to avoid visits
to pg_subtrans in HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot.  This appears to solve
the pg_subtrans-related context swap storm problem that's been reported
by several people for 8.1.  While at it, modify GetSnapshotData to not
take an exclusive lock on ProcArrayLock, as closer analysis shows that
shared lock is always sufficient.
Itagaki Takahiro and Tom Lane
2006-09-03 15:59:39 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0e20c48561 Revert FETCH/MOVE int64 patch. Was using incorrect checks for
fetch/move in scan.l.
2006-09-03 03:19:45 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6c785d599d Change FETCH/MOVE to use int8.
Dhanaraj M
2006-09-02 18:17:18 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
bc24d5b976 Now bind displays prepare as detail, and execute displays prepare and
optionally bind.  I re-added the "statement:" label so people will
understand why the line is being printed (it is log_*statement
behavior).

Use single quotes for bind values, instead of double quotes, and double
literal single quotes in bind values (and document that).  I also made
use of the DETAIL line to have much cleaner output.
2006-08-29 02:11:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
65b2f93b58 Fix oversight in initial implementation of PORTAL_ONE_RETURNING mode: we
cannot assume that there's exactly one Query in the Portal, as we can for
ONE_SELECT mode, because non-SELECT queries might have extra queries added
during rule rewrites.  Fix things up so that we'll use ONE_RETURNING mode
when a Portal contains one primary (canSetTag) query and that query has
a RETURNING list.  This appears to be a second showstopper reason for running
the Portal to completion before we start to hand anything back --- we want
to be sure that the rule-added queries get run too.
2006-08-14 22:57:15 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f058451871 Revert (again) GUC patch to return commented fields to their default
values, due to concern about the patch.
2006-08-14 02:27:27 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f09fb71af9 Recommit patch to allow commented GUC variables to return to their
default values.
2006-08-13 02:22:24 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e7da38bf31 Re-apply guc cleanup patch, with memory allocation bugs fixed. 2006-08-13 01:30:17 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
fb55af227e Back out patch to reorganize guc processing. Was causing regression
failures.
2006-08-12 04:12:41 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
2d2eec6ef2 Back out patch that allowed commented guc variables to return to their
default values.  Was causing regression failures.
2006-08-12 04:11:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
7a3e30e608 Add INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING, with basic docs and regression tests.
plpgsql support to come later.  Along the way, convert execMain's
SELECT INTO support into a DestReceiver, in order to eliminate some ugly
special cases.

Jonah Harris and Tom Lane
2006-08-12 02:52:06 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
262a7bc14c Allow commenting of variables in postgresql.conf to restore them to
defaults.

Zdenek Kotala
2006-08-11 20:15:16 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f91ddb768b Refactor GUC set_config_option function:
The main reason for refactoring was that set_config_option() was too
overloaded function and its behavior did not consistent. Old version of
set_config_function hides some messages. For example if you type:

tcp_port = 5432.1

then old implementation ignore this error without any message to log
file in the signal context (configuration reload). Main problem was that
semantic analysis of postgresql.conf is not perform in the
ProcessConfigFile function, but in the set_config_options *after*
context check. This skipped check for variables with PG_POSTMASTER
context. There was request from Joachim Wieland to add more messages
about ignored changes in the config file as well.

Zdenek Kotala
2006-08-11 20:08:28 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
3716f90c39 For protocol-level prepare/bind/execute:
o  print user name for all
	o  print portal name if defined for all
	o  print query for all
	o  reduce log_statement header to single keyword
	o  print bind parameters as DETAIL if text mode
2006-08-08 01:23:15 +00:00
Tom Lane
09d3670df3 Change the relation_open protocol so that we obtain lock on a relation
(table or index) before trying to open its relcache entry.  This fixes
race conditions in which someone else commits a change to the relation's
catalog entries while we are in process of doing relcache load.  Problems
of that ilk have been reported sporadically for years, but it was not
really practical to fix until recently --- for instance, the recent
addition of WAL-log support for in-place updates helped.

Along the way, remove pg_am.amconcurrent: all AMs are now expected to support
concurrent update.
2006-07-31 20:09:10 +00:00
Tom Lane
033a477e9e Adjust initialization sequence for timezone_abbreviations so that
it's handled just about like timezone; in particular, don't try
to read anything during InitializeGUCOptions.  Should solve current
startup failure on Windows, and avoid wasted cycles if a nondefault
setting is specified in postgresql.conf too.  Possibly we need to
think about a more general solution for handling 'expensive to set'
GUC options.
2006-07-29 03:02:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
1249cf8f38 SQL2003-standard statistical aggregates, by Sergey Koposov. I've added only
the float8 versions of the aggregates, which is all that the standard requires.
Sergey's original patch also provided versions using numeric arithmetic,
but given the size and slowness of the code, I doubt we ought to include
those in core.
2006-07-28 18:33:04 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
b517e65348 Allow units to be specified with configuration settings. 2006-07-27 08:30:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
d8b5c95ca8 Remove hard-wired lists of timezone abbreviations in favor of providing
configuration files that can be altered by a DBA.  The australian_timezones
GUC setting disappears, replaced by a timezone_abbreviations setting (set this
to 'Australia' to get the effect of australian_timezones).  The list of zone
names defined by default has undergone a bit of cleanup, too.  Documentation
still needs some work --- in particular, should we fix Table B-4, or just get
rid of it?  Joachim Wieland, with some editorializing by moi.
2006-07-25 03:51:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
51ee9fa157 Add support to dynahash.c for partitioning shared hashtables according
to the low-order bits of the entry hash value.  Also make some incidental
cleanups in the dynahash API, such as not exporting the hash header
structs to the world.
2006-07-22 23:04:39 +00:00
Tom Lane
0144eb92bb Add the full set of comparison functions for type TID, including a btree
opclass.  This is not so much because anyone's likely to create an index
on TID, as that sorting TIDs can be useful.  Also added max and min
aggregates while at it, so that one can investigate the clusteredness of
a table with queries like SELECT min(ctid), max(ctid) FROM tab WHERE ...
Greg Stark and Tom Lane
2006-07-21 20:51:33 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b43ebe5f83 More include file adjustments. 2006-07-13 18:01:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b844dd3f9e More include file adjustments. 2006-07-13 17:47:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a22d76d96a Allow include files to compile own their own.
Strip unused include files out unused include files, and add needed
includes to C files.

The next step is to remove unused include files in C files.
2006-07-13 16:49:20 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b85a965f5f Allow each C include file to compile on its own by including any needed
header files.
2006-07-11 13:54:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
b7b78d24f7 Code review for FILLFACTOR patch. Change WITH grammar as per earlier
discussion (including making def_arg allow reserved words), add missed
opt_definition for UNIQUE case.  Put the reloptions support code in a less
random place (I chose to make a new file access/common/reloptions.c).
Eliminate header inclusion creep.  Make the index options functions safely
user-callable (seems like client apps might like to be able to test validity
of options before trying to make an index).  Reduce overhead for normal case
with no options by allowing rd_options to be NULL.  Fix some unmaintainably
klugy code, including getting rid of Natts_pg_class_fixed at long last.
Some stylistic cleanup too, and pay attention to keeping comments in sync
with code.

Documentation still needs work, though I did fix the omissions in
catalogs.sgml and indexam.sgml.
2006-07-03 22:45:41 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
277807bd9e Add FILLFACTOR to CREATE INDEX.
ITAGAKI Takahiro
2006-07-02 02:23:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
08ccdf020e Fix oversight in planning for multiple indexscans driven by
ScalarArrayOpExpr index quals: we were estimating the right total
number of rows returned, but treating the index-access part of the
cost as if a single scan were fetching that many consecutive index
tuples.  Actually we should treat it as a multiple indexscan, and
if there are enough of 'em the Mackert-Lohman discount should kick in.
2006-07-01 22:07:23 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
370a709c75 Add GUC update_process_title to control whether 'ps' display is updated
for every command, default to on.
2006-06-27 22:16:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
cdd5178c69 Extend the MinimalTuple concept to tuplesort.c, thereby reducing the
per-tuple space overhead for sorts in memory.  I chose to replace the
previous patch that tried to write out the bare minimum amount of data
when sorting on disk; instead, just dump the MinimalTuples as-is.  This
wastes 3 to 10 bytes per tuple depending on architecture and null-bitmap
length, but the simplification in the writetup/readtup routines seems
worth it.
2006-06-27 16:53:02 +00:00
Tom Lane
3f50ba27cf Create infrastructure for 'MinimalTuple' representation of in-memory
tuples with less header overhead than a regular HeapTuple, per my
recent proposal.  Teach TupleTableSlot code how to deal with these.
As proof of concept, change tuplestore.c to store MinimalTuples instead
of HeapTuples.  Future patches will expand the concept to other places
where it is useful.
2006-06-27 02:51:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
2924ca6747 Tweak dynahash.c to avoid wasting memory space in non-shared hash tables.
palloc() will normally round allocation requests up to the next power of 2,
so make dynahash choose allocation sizes that are as close to a power of 2
as possible.
Back-patch to 8.1 --- the problem exists further back, but a much larger
patch would be needed and it doesn't seem worth taking any risks.
2006-06-25 18:29:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
27c3e3de09 Remove redundant gettimeofday() calls to the extent practical without
changing semantics too much.  statement_timestamp is now set immediately
upon receipt of a client command message, and the various places that used
to do their own gettimeofday() calls to mark command startup are referenced
to that instead.  I have also made stats_command_string use that same
value for pg_stat_activity.query_start for both the command itself and
its eventual replacement by <IDLE> or <idle in transaction>.  There was
some debate about that, but no argument that seemed convincing enough to
justify an extra gettimeofday() call.
2006-06-20 22:52:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
c892643a3c Code review for SELECT INTO STRICT patch: use saner choices of error
SQLSTATEs, fix some documentation problems.
2006-06-16 23:29:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
06e10abc0b Fix problems with cached tuple descriptors disappearing while still in use
by creating a reference-count mechanism, similar to what we did a long time
ago for catcache entries.  The back branches have an ugly solution involving
lots of extra copies, but this way is more efficient.  Reference counting is
only applied to tupdescs that are actually in caches --- there seems no need
to use it for tupdescs that are generated in the executor, since they'll go
away during plan shutdown by virtue of being in the per-query memory context.
Neil Conway and Tom Lane
2006-06-16 18:42:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
8b9bc234ad Remove the limit on the number of entries allowed in catcaches, and
remove the infrastructure needed to enforce the limit, ie, the global
LRU list of cache entries.  On small-to-middling databases this wins
because maintaining the LRU list is a waste of time.  On large databases
this wins because it's better to keep more cache entries (we assume
such users can afford to use some more per-backend memory than was
contemplated in the Berkeley-era catcache design).  This provides a
noticeable improvement in the speed of psql \d on a 10000-table
database, though it doesn't make it instantaneous.

While at it, use per-catcache settings for the number of hash buckets
per catcache, rather than the former one-size-fits-all value.  It's a
bit silly to be using the same number of hash buckets for, eg, pg_am
and pg_attribute.  The specific values I used might need some tuning,
but they seem to be in the right ballpark based on CATCACHE_STATS
results from the standard regression tests.
2006-06-15 02:08:09 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
63e464a5e6 Remove ancient AIX structure workaround. 2006-06-06 16:20:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
7f52e0c50e Tweak writetup_heap/readtup_heap to avoid storing the tuple identity
and transaction visibility fields of tuples being sorted.  These are
always uninteresting in a tuple being sorted (if the fields were actually
selected, they'd have been pulled out into user columns beforehand).
This saves about 24 bytes per row being sorted, which is a useful savings
for any but the widest of sort rows.  Per recent discussion.
2006-05-23 21:37:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
637028afe1 Code review for standard_conforming_strings patch. Fix it so it does not
throw warnings for 100%-SQL-standard constructs, clean up some minor
infelicities, try to un-break ecpg to the best of my ability.  (It's not clear
how ecpg is going to find out the setting of standard_conforming_strings,
though.)  I think pg_dump still needs work, too.
2006-05-11 19:15:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
46287bd660 Simplify relcache startup sequence. With the new design of InitPostgres
it's not necessary to have three separate calls anymore.  This patch also
fixes things so we don't try to read pg_internal.init until after we've
obtained lock on the target database; which was fairly harmless, but it's
certainly cleaner this way.
2006-05-04 18:51:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
cb98e6fb8f Create a syscache for pg_database-indexed-by-oid, and make use of it
in various places that were previously doing ad hoc pg_database searches.
This may speed up database-related privilege checks a little bit, but
the main motivation is to eliminate the performance reason for having
ReverifyMyDatabase do such a lot of stuff (viz, avoiding repeat scans
of pg_database during backend startup).  The locking reason for having
that routine is about to go away, and it'd be good to have the option
to break it up.
2006-05-03 22:45:26 +00:00
Teodor Sigaev
8a3631f8d8 GIN: Generalized Inverted iNdex.
text[], int4[], Tsearch2 support for GIN.
2006-05-02 11:28:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
82a2881c5b Code review for GRANT CONNECT patch. Spell the privilege as CONNECT not
CONNECTION, fix a number of places that were missed (eg pg_dump support),
avoid executing an extra search of pg_database during startup.
2006-04-30 21:15:33 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4899aaf2d5 Add GRANT CONNECTION ON DATABASE, to be used in addition to pg_hba.conf.
Gevik Babakhani
2006-04-30 02:09:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
0f0a33099c Generalize mcv_selectivity() to support both VAR OP CONST and CONST OP VAR
cases.  This was not needed in the existing uses within selfuncs.c, but if
we're gonna export it for general use, the extra generality seems helpful.
Motivated by looking at ltree example.
2006-04-27 17:52:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
a3c1a11fc1 If we're going to expose VariableStatData for contrib modules to use,
then we should export a reasonable set of the supporting routines too.
2006-04-27 00:46:59 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
59d61409cd Move ltree parentsel() selectivity function into /contrib/ltree. 2006-04-26 22:33:36 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b3e4aefcfb Enhanced containment selectivity function for /contrib/ltree
Matteo Beccati
2006-04-26 18:28:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
d2896a9ed1 Arrange to cache btree metapage data in the relcache entry for the index,
thereby saving a visit to the metapage in most index searches/updates.
This wouldn't actually save any I/O (since in the old regime the metapage
generally stayed in cache anyway), but it does provide a useful decrease
in bufmgr traffic in high-contention scenarios.  Per my recent proposal.
2006-04-25 22:46:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
59d591e79a Back out RESET CONNECTION until there is more discussion. 2006-04-25 14:11:59 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6378fdd971 Add RESET CONNECTION, to reset all aspects of a session.
Hans-J?rgen Sch?nig
2006-04-25 14:09:21 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e6004f0151 Add statement_timestamp(), clock_timestamp(), and
transaction_timestamp() (just like now()).

Also update statement_timeout() to mention it is statement arrival time
that is measured.

Catalog version updated.
2006-04-25 00:25:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
c6e81aeef3 Fix EXPLAIN so that it can drill down through multiple levels of subplan
when trying to locate the referent of a RECORD variable.  This fixes the
'record type has not been registered' failure reported by Stefan
Kaltenbrunner about a month ago.  A side effect of the way I chose to
fix it is that most variable references in join conditions will now be
properly labeled with the variable's source table name, instead of the
not-too-helpful 'outer' or 'inner' we used to use.
2006-04-08 18:49:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
7fdb4305db Fix a bunch of problems with domains by making them use special input functions
that apply the necessary domain constraint checks immediately.  This fixes
cases where domain constraints went unchecked for statement parameters,
PL function local variables and results, etc.  We can also eliminate existing
special cases for domains in places that had gotten it right, eg COPY.

Also, allow domains over domains (base of a domain is another domain type).
This almost worked before, but was disallowed because the original patch
hadn't gotten it quite right.
2006-04-05 22:11:58 +00:00
Neil Conway
0ebf1cc834 Implement 4 new aggregate functions from SQL2003. Specifically: var_pop(),
var_samp(), stddev_pop(), and stddev_samp(). var_samp() and stddev_samp()
are just renamings of the historical Postgres aggregates variance() and
stddev() -- the latter names have been kept for backward compatibility.
This patch includes updates for the documentation and regression tests.
The catversion has been bumped.

NB: SQL2003 requires that DISTINCT not be specified for any of these
aggregates. Per discussion on -patches, I have NOT implemented this
restriction: if the user asks for stddev(DISTINCT x), presumably they
know what they are doing.
2006-03-10 20:15:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
8db05ba411 Repair old performance bug in tuplesort.c/logtape.c. In the case where
we are doing the final merge pass on-the-fly, and not writing the data
back onto a 'tape', the number of free blocks in the tape set will become
large, leading to a lot of time wasted in ltsReleaseBlock().  There is
really no need to track the free blocks anymore in this state, so add a
simple shutoff switch.  Per report from Stefan Kaltenbrunner.
2006-03-07 19:06:50 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
79d25cf775 Back out comment update about sighup, original was accurate. 2006-03-07 03:01:22 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d69b163247 Attached is the new patch. To summarize:
- new function justify_interval(interval)
   - modified function justify_hours(interval)
   - modified function justify_days(interval)

These functions are defined to meet the requirements as discussed in
this thread.  Specifically:

   - justify_hours makes certain the sign bit on the hours
     matches the sign bit on the days.  It only checks the
     sign bit on the days, and not the months, when
     determining if the hours should be positive or negative.
     After the call, -24 < hours < 24.

   - justify_days makes certain the sign bit on the days
     matches the sign bit on the months.  It's behavior does
     not depend on the hours, nor does it modify the hours.
     After the call, -30 < days < 30.

   - justify_interval makes sure the sign bits on all three
     fields months, days, and hours are all the same.  After
     the call, -24 < hours < 24 AND -30 < days < 30.

Mark Dilger
2006-03-06 22:49:17 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
19c21d115d Enable standard_conforming_strings to be turned on.
Kevin Grittner
2006-03-06 19:49:20 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a9c1047ebd Update comment on how sighup signal affects postgresql.conf reload.
Markus Bertheau
2006-03-06 18:38:11 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f2f5b05655 Update copyright for 2006. Update scripts. 2006-03-05 15:59:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
8e68d78390 Allow the syntax CREATE TYPE foo, with no parameters, to permit explicit
creation of a shell type.  This allows a less hacky way of dealing with
the mutual dependency between a datatype and its I/O functions: make a
shell type, then make the functions, then define the datatype fully.
We should fix pg_dump to handle things this way, but this commit just deals
with the backend.

Martijn van Oosterhout, with some corrections by Tom Lane.
2006-02-28 22:37:27 +00:00
Neil Conway
41cba49e95 Implement the <> operator for the tid type. Original patch from Mark
Kirkwood, minor improvements by Neil Conway. The regression tests have
been updated and the catversion has been bumped.
2006-02-26 18:36:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
df700e6b40 Improve tuplesort.c to support variable merge order. The original coding
with fixed merge order (fixed number of "tapes") was based on obsolete
assumptions, namely that tape drives are expensive.  Since our "tapes"
are really just a couple of buffers, we can have a lot of them given
adequate workspace.  This allows reduction of the number of merge passes
with consequent savings of I/O during large sorts.

Simon Riggs with some rework by Tom Lane
2006-02-19 05:54:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
226a980bb0 Fix bug that allowed any logged-in user to SET ROLE to any other database user
id (CVE-2006-0553).  Also fix related bug in SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION that
allows unprivileged users to crash the server, if it has been compiled with
Asserts enabled.  The escalation-of-privilege risk exists only in 8.1.0-8.1.2.
However, the Assert-crash risk exists in all releases back to 7.3.
Thanks to Akio Ishida for reporting this problem.
2006-02-12 22:32:43 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1372515271 Add INET/CIDR operators: and, or, not, plus int8, minus int8, and inet
minus inet.

Stephen R. van den Berg
2006-02-11 03:32:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
8d8bf12760 Clean up the INET-vs-CIDR situation. Get rid of the internal is_cidr flag
and rely exclusively on the SQL type system to tell the difference between
the types.  Prevent creation of invalid CIDR values via casting from INET
or set_masklen() --- both of these operations now silently zero any bits
to the right of the netmask.  Remove duplicate CIDR comparison operators,
letting the type rely on the INET operators instead.
2006-01-26 02:35:51 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
19b1c76f0d Use is_cidr in INET/CIDR structure, rather than the generic 'type'. 2006-01-23 21:45:47 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4789e98801 Add GRANT ON SEQUENCE syntax to support sequence-only permissions.
Continue to support GRANT ON [TABLE] for sequences for backward
compatibility;  issue warning for invalid sequence permissions.

[Backward compatibility warning message.]

Add USAGE permission for sequences that allows only currval() and
nextval(), not setval().

Mention object name in grant/revoke warnings because of possible
multi-object operations.
2006-01-21 02:16:21 +00:00
Neil Conway
33e06ebccb Add a new system view, pg_cursors, that displays the currently available
cursors. Patch from Joachim Wieland, review and ediorialization by Neil
Conway. The view lists cursors defined by DECLARE CURSOR, using SPI, or
via the Bind message of the frontend/backend protocol. This means the
view does not list the unnamed portal or the portal created to implement
EXECUTE. Because we do list SPI portals, there might be more rows in
this view than you might expect if you are using SPI implicitly (e.g.
via a procedural language).

Per recent discussion on -hackers, the query string included in the
view for cursors defined by DECLARE CURSOR is based on
debug_query_string. That means it is not accurate if multiple queries
separated by semicolons are submitted as one query string. However,
there doesn't seem a trivial fix for that: debug_query_string
is better than nothing. I also changed SPI_cursor_open() to include
the source text for the portal it creates: AFAICS there is no reason
not to do this.

Update the documentation and regression tests, bump the catversion.
2006-01-18 06:49:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
34f8ee9737 Add selectivity-calculation code for RowCompareExpr nodes. Simplistic,
but a lot better than nothing at all ...
2006-01-14 00:14:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
782eefc580 Create a standard function pg_sleep() to sleep for a specified amount of time.
Replace the former ad-hoc implementation used in the regression tests.
Joachim Wieland
2006-01-11 20:12:43 +00:00
Neil Conway
44b928e876 Add a new system view, pg_prepared_statements, that can be used to
access information about the prepared statements that are available
in the current session. Original patch from Joachim Wieland, various
improvements by Neil Conway.

The "statement" column of the view contains the literal query string
sent by the client, without any rewriting or pretty printing. This
means that prepared statements created via SQL will be prefixed with
"PREPARE ... AS ", whereas those prepared via the FE/BE protocol will
not. That is unfortunate, but discussion on -patches did not yield an
efficient way to improve this, and there is some merit in returning
exactly what the client sent to the backend.

Catalog version bumped, regression tests updated.
2006-01-08 07:00:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
ab51bbaa06 Arrange to set the LC_XXX environment variables to match our locale
setup.  This protects against undesired changes in locale behavior
if someone carelessly does setlocale(LC_ALL, "") (and we know who
you are, perl guys).
2005-12-28 23:22:51 +00:00
Tom Lane
6e07709760 Implement SQL-compliant treatment of row comparisons for < <= > >= cases
(previously we only did = and <> correctly).  Also, allow row comparisons
with any operators that are in btree opclasses, not only those with these
specific names.  This gets rid of a whole lot of indefensible assumptions
about the behavior of particular operators based on their names ... though
it's still true that IN and NOT IN expand to "= ANY".  The patch adds a
RowCompareExpr expression node type, and makes some changes in the
representation of ANY/ALL/ROWCOMPARE SubLinks so that they can share code
with RowCompareExpr.

I have not yet done anything about making RowCompareExpr an indexable
operator, but will look at that soon.

initdb forced due to changes in stored rules.
2005-12-28 01:30:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
261114a23f I have added these macros to c.h:
#define HIGHBIT                 (0x80)
        #define IS_HIGHBIT_SET(ch)      ((unsigned char)(ch) & HIGHBIT)

and removed CSIGNBIT and mapped it uses to HIGHBIT.  I have also added
uses for IS_HIGHBIT_SET where appropriate.  This change is
purely for code clarity.
2005-12-25 02:14:19 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
7415e083e4 Refactor some bits in aclchk.c in order to reduce code duplication. 2005-12-01 02:03:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
70f1482de3 Change seqscan logic so that we check visibility of all tuples on a page
when we first read the page, rather than checking them one at a time.
This allows us to take and release the buffer content lock just once
per page, instead of once per tuple.  Since it's a shared lock the
contention penalty for holding the lock longer shouldn't be too bad.
We can safely do this only when using an MVCC snapshot; else the
assumption that visibility won't change over time is uncool.  Therefore
there are now two code paths depending on the snapshot type.  I also
made the same change in nodeBitmapHeapscan.c, where it can be done always
because we only support MVCC snapshots for bitmap scans anyway.
Also make some incidental cleanups in the APIs of these functions.
Per a suggestion from Qingqing Zhou.
2005-11-26 03:03:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
290166f934 Teach planner and executor to handle ScalarArrayOpExpr as an indexable
qualification when the underlying operator is indexable and useOr is true.
That is, indexkey op ANY (ARRAY[...]) is effectively translated into an
OR combination of one indexscan for each array element.  This only works
for bitmap index scans, of course, since regular indexscans no longer
support OR'ing of scans.  There are still some loose ends to clean up
before changing 'x IN (list)' to translate as a ScalarArrayOpExpr;
for instance predtest.c ought to be taught about it.  But this gets the
basic functionality in place.
2005-11-25 19:47:50 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
436a2956d8 Re-run pgindent, fixing a problem where comment lines after a blank
comment line where output as too long, and update typedefs for /lib
directory.  Also fix case where identifiers were used as variable names
in the backend, but as typedefs in ecpg (favor the backend for
indenting).

Backpatch to 8.1.X.
2005-11-22 18:17:34 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
cec3b0a9e6 Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the
process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges
granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the
use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog.

Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER
code.  Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary.

Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind
of implementation advice.

Regression tests pass.  Some tests for the new functionality are also added,
as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 12:49:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
1d0d8d3c38 Mop-up for nulls-in-arrays patch: fix some places that access array
contents directly.
2005-11-18 02:38:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
cecb607559 Make SQL arrays support null elements. This commit fixes the core array
functionality, but I still need to make another pass looking at places
that incidentally use arrays (such as ACL manipulation) to make sure they
are null-safe.  Contrib needs work too.
I have not changed the behaviors that are still under discussion about
array comparison and what to do with lower bounds.
2005-11-17 22:14:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
2a8d3d83ef R-tree is dead ... long live GiST. 2005-11-07 17:36:47 +00:00
Tom Lane
48052de722 Repair an error introduced by log_line_prefix patch: it is not acceptable
to assume that the string pointer passed to set_ps_display is good forever.
There's no need to anyway since ps_status.c itself saves the string, and
we already had an API (get_ps_display) to return it.
I believe this explains Jim Nasby's report of intermittent crashes in
elog.c when %i format code is in use in log_line_prefix.
While at it, repair a previously unnoticed problem: on some platforms such as
Darwin, the string returned by get_ps_display was blank-padded to the maximum
length, meaning that lock.c's attempt to append " waiting" to it never worked.
2005-11-05 03:04:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
c3d8de0907 Disregard superuserness when checking to see if a role GRANT would
create circularity of role memberships.  This is a minimum-impact fix
for the problem reported by Florian Pflug.  I thought about removing
the superuser_arg test from is_member_of_role() altogether, as it seems
redundant for many of the callers --- but not all, and it's way too late
in the 8.1 cycle to be making large changes.  Perhaps reconsider this
later.
2005-11-04 17:25:15 +00:00
Tom Lane
b33a732264 Improve trace_sort code to also show the total memory or disk space used.
Per request from Marc.
2005-10-18 22:59:37 +00:00
Tom Lane
220f2a7d15 Code review for regexp_replace patch. Improve documentation and comments,
fix problems with replacement-string backslashes that aren't followed by
one of the expected characters, avoid giving the impression that
replace_text_regexp() is meant to be called directly as a SQL function,
etc.
2005-10-18 20:38:58 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1dc3498251 Standard pgindent run for 8.1. 2005-10-15 02:49:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
abd3f43b4c Fix syslog bug: if any messages are emitted to write_syslog before
the facility has been set, the facility gets set to LOCAL0 and cannot
be changed later.  This seems reasonably plausible to happen, particularly
at higher debug log levels, though I am not certain it explains Han Holl's
recent report.  Easiest fix is to teach the code how to change the value
on-the-fly, which is nicer anyway.  I made the settings PGC_SIGHUP to
conform with log_destination.
2005-10-14 20:53:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
9178306151 Fix the problem of GRANTs creating "dangling" privileges not directly
traceable to grant options.  As per my earlier proposal, a GRANT made by
a role member has to be recorded as being granted by the role that actually
holds the grant option, and not the member.
2005-10-10 18:49:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
313ed1ed94 Fix (hopefully for the last time) problems with datetime values displaying
like '23:59:60' because of fractional-second roundoff problems.  Trying
to control this upstream of the actual display code was hopeless; the right
way is to explicitly round fractional seconds in the display code and then
refigure the results if the fraction rounds up to 1.  Per bug #1927.
2005-10-09 17:21:47 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
8e0c8a2463 Add spaces around operator. 2005-10-07 20:13:16 +00:00
Tom Lane
cb8b6618ce Revise pgstats stuff to fix the problems with not counting accesses
generated by bitmap index scans.  Along the way, simplify and speed up
the code for counting sequential and index scans; it was both confusing
and inefficient to be taking care of that in the per-tuple loops, IMHO.
initdb forced because of internal changes in pg_stat view definitions.
2005-10-06 02:29:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
12992ab37a Separate out the VacRUsage stuff as an independent module, in preparation
for using it for other things besides VACUUM.
2005-10-03 22:52:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
aa731ed843 Change nextval and other sequence functions to specify their sequence
argument as a 'regclass' value instead of a text string.  The frontend
conversion of text string to pg_class OID is now encapsulated as an
implicitly-invocable coercion from text to regclass.  This provides
backwards compatibility to the old behavior when the sequence argument
is explicitly typed as 'text'.  When the argument is just an unadorned
literal string, it will be taken as 'regclass', which means that the
stored representation will be an OID.  This solves longstanding problems
with renaming sequences that are referenced in default expressions, as
well as new-in-8.1 problems with renaming such sequences' schemas or
moving them to another schema.  All per recent discussion.
Along the way, fix some rather serious problems in dbmirror's support
for mirroring sequence operations (int4 vs int8 confusion for instance).
2005-10-02 23:50:16 +00:00
Neil Conway
e4d9b69779 Rename pg_complete_relation_size() to pg_total_relation_size(), for the
sake of brevity and clarity.

Make pg_reload_conf(), pg_rotate_logfile(), and pg_cancel_backend()
return a boolean rather than an integer to indicate success or failure.

Along the way, make some minor cleanups to dbsize.c -- in particular,
use elog() rather than ereport() for "shouldn't happen" error
conditions, and remove some of the more flagrant violations of the
Postgres indentation conventions.

Catalog version bumped.
2005-09-16 05:35:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
0007490e09 Convert the arithmetic for shared memory size calculation from 'int'
to 'Size' (that is, size_t), and install overflow detection checks in it.
This allows us to remove the former arbitrary restrictions on NBuffers
etc.  It won't make any difference in a 32-bit machine, but in a 64-bit
machine you could theoretically have terabytes of shared buffers.
(How efficiently we could manage 'em remains to be seen.)  Similarly,
num_temp_buffers, work_mem, and maintenance_work_mem can be set above
2Gb on a 64-bit machine.  Original patch from Koichi Suzuki, additional
work by moi.
2005-08-20 23:26:37 +00:00
Tom Lane
f57e3f4cf3 Repair problems with VACUUM destroying t_ctid chains too soon, and with
insufficient paranoia in code that follows t_ctid links.  (We must do both
because even with VACUUM doing it properly, the intermediate state with
a dangling t_ctid link is visible concurrently during lazy VACUUM, and
could be seen afterwards if either type of VACUUM crashes partway through.)
Also try to improve documentation about what's going on.  Patch is a bit
bulky because passing the XMAX information around required changing the
APIs of some low-level heapam.c routines, but it's not conceptually very
complicated.  Per trouble report from Teodor and subsequent analysis.
This needs to be back-patched, but I'll do that after 8.1 beta is out.
2005-08-20 00:40:32 +00:00
Tom Lane
f60d176a5e Tweak catalog cache management algorithms to reduce cost of
SearchCatCacheList and ReleaseCatCacheList.  Previously, we incremented
and decremented the refcounts of list member tuples along with the list
itself, but that's unnecessary, and very expensive when the list is big.
It's cheaper to change only the list refcount.  When we are considering
deleting a cache entry, we have to check not only its own refcount but
its parent list's ... but it's easy to arrange the code so that this
check is not made in any commonly-used paths, so the cost is really nil.
The bigger gain though is to refrain from DLMoveToFront'ing each individual
member tuple each time the list is referenced.  To keep some semblance
of fair space management, lists are just marked as used or not since the
last cache cleanout search, and we do a MoveToFront pass only when about
to run a cleanout.  In combination, these changes reduce the costs of
SearchCatCacheList and ReleaseCatCacheList from about 4.5% of pgbench
runtime to under 1%, according to my gprof results.
2005-08-13 22:18:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
a43ea120bf Code & docs review for server instrumentation patch. File timestamps
should surely be timestamptz not timestamp; fix some but not all of the
holes in check_and_make_absolute(); other minor cleanup.  Also put in
the missed catversion bump.
2005-08-12 18:23:56 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b609695b7a Add files to do read I/O on the cluster directory:
pg_stat_file()
	pg_read_file()
	pg_ls_dir()
	pg_reload_conf()
	pg_rotate_logfile()

Dave Page
Andreas Pflug
2005-08-12 03:25:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
721e53785d Solve the problem of OID collisions by probing for duplicate OIDs
whenever we generate a new OID.  This prevents occasional duplicate-OID
errors that can otherwise occur once the OID counter has wrapped around.
Duplicate relfilenode values are also checked for when creating new
physical files.  Per my recent proposal.
2005-08-12 01:36:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1f54d43075 Add GUC variables to control keep-alive times for idle, interval, and
count.

Oliver Jowett
2005-07-30 15:17:26 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
358a897fa1 Move dbsize functions into the backend. New functions:
pg_tablespace_size
	pg_database_size
	pg_relation_size
	pg_complete_relation_size
	pg_size_pretty

Remove /contrib/dbsize.

Dave Page
2005-07-29 14:47:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
af019fb9ae Add a role property 'rolinherit' which, when false, denotes that the role
doesn't automatically inherit the privileges of roles it is a member of;
for such a role, membership in another role can be exploited only by doing
explicit SET ROLE.  The default inherit setting is TRUE, so by default
the behavior doesn't change, but creating a user with NOINHERIT gives closer
adherence to our current reading of SQL99.  Documentation still lacking,
and I think the information schema needs another look.
2005-07-26 16:38:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
f9fd176461 Add pg_has_role() family of privilege inquiry functions modeled after the
existing ones for object privileges.  Update the information_schema for
roles --- pg_has_role() makes this a whole lot easier, removing the need
for most of the explicit joins with pg_user.  The views should be a tad
faster now, too.  Stephen Frost and Tom Lane.
2005-07-26 00:04:19 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
3dbbbbf8e9 Andrew pointed out that the current fix didn't handle dates that were
near daylight savings time boudaries.  This handles it properly, e.g.

        test=> select '2005-04-03 04:00:00'::timestamp at time zone
        'America/Los_Angeles';
                timezone
        ------------------------
         2005-04-03 07:00:00-04
        (1 row)
2005-07-23 14:25:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
75e5aba7fe Update date/time comments. 2005-07-22 05:08:26 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d5f1e08c0c Code spacing improvement, particularly *tm spacing. 2005-07-22 03:46:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e9c44bd382 More comment update of time macros. 2005-07-21 20:37:21 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e6b72d6af6 Update DAYS_PER_MONTH comment.
Add SECS_PER_YEAR and MINS_PER_HOUR macros.
2005-07-21 18:06:13 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a0407f508a Add comment about void* use in MemSet. 2005-07-21 15:16:30 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
aa0f6e8d06 Add comment marking non-exact time conversion macros. 2005-07-21 04:48:42 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a536b2dd80 Add time/date macros for code clarity:
#define DAYS_PER_YEAR   365.25
	#define MONTHS_PER_YEAR 12
	#define DAYS_PER_MONTH  30
	#define HOURS_PER_DAY   24
2005-07-21 03:56:25 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
db05f4a7eb Add 'day' field to INTERVAL so 1 day interval can be distinguished from
24 hours. This is very helpful for daylight savings time:

	select '2005-05-03 00:00:00 EST'::timestamp with time zone + '24 hours';
	      ?column?
	----------------------
	2005-05-04 01:00:00-04

	select '2005-05-03 00:00:00 EST'::timestamp with time zone + '1 day';
	      ?column?
	----------------------
	2005-05-04 01:00:00-04

Michael Glaesemann
2005-07-20 16:42:32 +00:00
Tom Lane
aa1110624c Adjust permissions checking for ALTER OWNER commands: instead of
requiring superuserness always, allow an owner to reassign ownership
to any role he is a member of, if that role would have the right to
create a similar object.  These three requirements essentially state
that the would-be alterer has enough privilege to DROP the existing
object and then re-CREATE it as the new role; so we might as well
let him do it in one step.  The ALTER TABLESPACE case is a bit
squirrely, but the whole concept of non-superuser tablespace owners
is pretty dubious anyway.  Stephen Frost, code review by Tom Lane.
2005-07-14 21:46:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
29094193f5 Integrate autovacuum functionality into the backend. There's still a
few loose ends to be dealt with, but it seems to work.  Alvaro Herrera,
based on the contrib code by Matthew O'Connor.
2005-07-14 05:13:45 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
75a64eeb4b I made the patch that implements regexp_replace again.
The specification of this function is as follows.

regexp_replace(source text, pattern text, replacement text, [flags
text])
returns text

Replace string that matches to regular expression in source text to
replacement text.

 - pattern is regular expression pattern.
 - replacement is replace string that can use '\1'-'\9', and '\&'.
    '\1'-'\9': back reference to the n'th subexpression.
    '\&'     : entire matched string.
 - flags can use the following values:
    g: global (replace all)
    i: ignore case
    When the flags is not specified, case sensitive, replace the first
    instance only.

Atsushi Ogawa
2005-07-10 04:54:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
59d1b3d99e Track dependencies on shared objects (which is to say, roles; we already
have adequate mechanisms for tracking the contents of databases and
tablespaces).  This solves the longstanding problem that you can drop a
user who still owns objects and/or has access permissions.
Alvaro Herrera, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2005-07-07 20:40:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a923602855 Add pg_column_size() to return storage size of a column, including
possible compression.

Mark Kirkwood
2005-07-06 19:02:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
e7e1694295 Migrate rtree_gist functionality into the core system, and add some
basic regression tests for GiST to the standard regression tests.
I took the opportunity to add an rtree-equivalent gist opclass for
circles; the contrib version only covered boxes and polygons, but
indexing circles is very handy for distance searches.
2005-07-01 19:19:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
b5f7cff84f Clean up the rather historically encumbered interface to now() and
current time: provide a GetCurrentTimestamp() function that returns
current time in the form of a TimestampTz, instead of separate time_t
and microseconds fields.  This is what all the callers really want
anyway, and it eliminates low-level dependencies on AbsoluteTime,
which is a deprecated datatype that will have to disappear eventually.
2005-06-29 22:51:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
c33d575899 More cleanup on roles patch. Allow admin option to be inherited through
role memberships; make superuser/createrole distinction do something
useful; fix some locking and CommandCounterIncrement issues; prevent
creation of loops in the membership graph.
2005-06-29 20:34:15 +00:00
Tom Lane
0eaa36a16a Bring syntax of role-related commands into SQL compliance. To avoid
syntactic conflicts, both privilege and role GRANT/REVOKE commands have
to use the same production for scanning the list of tokens that might
eventually turn out to be privileges or role names.  So, change the
existing GRANT/REVOKE code to expect a list of strings not pre-reduced
AclMode values.  Fix a couple other minor issues while at it, such as
InitializeAcl function name conflicting with a Windows system function.
2005-06-28 19:51:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
7762619e95 Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid
and pg_auth_members.  There are still many loose ends to finish in this
patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for
instance).  But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can
make some progress on shared dependencies.  The catalog changes should
be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 05:09:14 +00:00
Tom Lane
06ae88a82e Tweak dynahash.c to not allocate so many entries at once when dealing
with a table that has a small predicted size.  Avoids wasting several
hundred K on the timezone hash table, which is likely to have only one
or a few entries, but the entries use up 10Kb apiece ...
2005-06-26 23:32:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
d395aecffa Code review for escape-strings patch. Sync psql and plpgsql lexers
with main, avoid using a SQL-defined SQLSTATE for what is most definitely
not a SQL-compatible error condition, fix documentation omissions,
adhere to message style guidelines, don't use two GUC_REPORT variables
when one is sufficient.  Nothing done about pg_dump issues.
2005-06-26 19:16:07 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
bb3cce4ec9 Add E'' syntax so eventually normal strings can treat backslashes
literally.

Add GUC variables:

        "escape_string_warning" - warn about backslashes in non-E strings
        "escape_string_syntax" - supports E'' syntax?
        "standard_compliant_strings" - treats backslashes literally in ''

Update code to use E'' when escapes are used.
2005-06-26 03:04:37 +00:00
Tom Lane
b90f8f20f0 Extend r-tree operator classes to handle Y-direction tests equivalent
to the existing X-direction tests.  An rtree class now includes 4 actual
2-D tests, 4 1-D X-direction tests, and 4 1-D Y-direction tests.
This involved adding four new Y-direction test operators for each of
box and polygon; I followed the PostGIS project's lead as to the names
of these operators.
NON BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE CHANGE: the poly_overleft (&<) and poly_overright
(&>) operators now have semantics comparable to box_overleft and box_overright.
This is necessary to make r-tree indexes work correctly on polygons.
Also, I changed circle_left and circle_right to agree with box_left and
box_right --- formerly they allowed the boundaries to touch.  This isn't
actually essential given the lack of any r-tree opclass for circles, but
it seems best to sync all the definitions while we are at it.
2005-06-24 20:53:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
6a6f2d91d4 When using C-string lookup keys in a dynahash.c hash table, use strncpy()
not memcpy() to copy the offered key into the hash table during HASH_ENTER.
This avoids possible core dump if the passed key is located very near the
end of memory.  Per report from Stefan Kaltenbrunner.
2005-06-18 20:51:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
d0a89683a3 Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional
hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-17 22:32:51 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0851a6fbc7 This patch makes it possible to use the full set of timezones when doing
"AT TIME ZONE", and not just the shorlist previously available. For
example:

SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP AT TIME ZONE 'Europe/London';

works fine now. It will also obey whatever DST rules were in effect at
just that date, which the previous implementation did not.

It also supports the AT TIME ZONE on the timetz datatype. The whole
handling of DST is a bit bogus there, so I chose to make it use whatever
DST rules are in effect at the time of executig the query. not sure if
anybody is actuallyi *using* timetz though, it seems pretty
unpredictable just because of this...

Magnus Hagander
2005-06-15 00:34:11 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f5835b4b8d Add pg_postmaster_start_time() function.
Euler Taveira de Oliveira
Matthias Schmidt
2005-06-14 21:04:42 +00:00
Neil Conway
d46bc444ac Implement two new special variables in PL/PgSQL: SQLSTATE and SQLERRM.
These contain the SQLSTATE and error message of the current exception,
respectively. They are scope-local variables that are only defined
in exception handlers (so attempting to reference them outside an
exception handler is an error). Update the regression tests and the
documentation.

Also, do some minor related cleanup: export an unpack_sql_state()
function from the backend and use it to unpack a SQLSTATE into a
string, and add a free_var() function to pl_exec.c

Original patch from Pavel Stehule, review by Neil Conway.
2005-06-10 16:23:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
e3a33a9a9f Marginal hack to avoid spending a lot of time in find_join_rel during
large planning problems: when the list of join rels gets too long, make
an auxiliary hash table that hashes on the identifying Bitmapset.
2005-06-08 23:02:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
9ab4d98168 Remove planner's private fields from Query struct, and put them into
a new PlannerInfo struct, which is passed around instead of the bare
Query in all the planning code.  This commit is essentially just a
code-beautification exercise, but it does open the door to making
larger changes to the planner data structures without having to muck
with the widely-known Query struct.
2005-06-05 22:32:58 +00:00
Tom Lane
21fda22ec4 Change CRCs in WAL records from 64bit to 32bit for performance reasons.
Instead of a separate CRC on each backup block, include backup blocks
in their parent WAL record's CRC; this is important to ensure that the
backup block really goes with the WAL record, ie there was not a page
tear right at the start of the backup block.  Implement a simple form
of compression of backup blocks: drop any run of zeroes starting at
pd_lower, so as not to store the unused 'hole' that commonly exists in
PG heap and index pages.  Tweak PageRepairFragmentation and related
routines to ensure they keep the unused space zeroed, so that the above
compression method remains effective.  All per recent discussions.
2005-06-02 05:55:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
e92a88272e Modify hash_search() API to prevent future occurrences of the error
spotted by Qingqing Zhou.  The HASH_ENTER action now automatically
fails with elog(ERROR) on out-of-memory --- which incidentally lets
us eliminate duplicate error checks in quite a bunch of places.  If
you really need the old return-NULL-on-out-of-memory behavior, you
can ask for HASH_ENTER_NULL.  But there is now an Assert in that path
checking that you aren't hoping to get that behavior in a palloc-based
hash table.
Along the way, remove the old HASH_FIND_SAVE/HASH_REMOVE_SAVED actions,
which were not being used anywhere anymore, and were surely too ugly
and unsafe to want to see revived again.
2005-05-29 04:23:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
32e8fc4a28 Arrange to cache fmgr lookup information for an index's access method
routines in the index's relcache entry, instead of doing a fresh fmgr_info
on every index access.  We were already doing this for the index's opclass
support functions; not sure why we didn't think to do it for the AM
functions too.  This supersedes the former method of caching (only)
amgettuple in indexscan scan descriptors; it's an improvement because the
function lookup can be amortized across multiple statements instead of
being repeated for each statement.  Even though lookup for builtin
functions is pretty cheap, this seems to drop a percent or two off some
simple benchmarks.
2005-05-27 23:31:21 +00:00
Neil Conway
a4374f9070 Remove second argument from textToQualifiedNameList(), as it is no longer
used. From Jaime Casanova.
2005-05-27 00:57:49 +00:00
Neil Conway
63e0d612f5 Adjust datetime parsing to be more robust. We now pass the length of the
working buffer into ParseDateTime() and reject too-long input there,
rather than checking the length of the input string before calling
ParseDateTime(). The old method was bogus because ParseDateTime() can use
a variable amount of working space, depending on the content of the
input string (e.g. how many fields need to be NUL terminated). This fixes
a minor stack overrun -- I don't _think_ it's exploitable, although I
won't claim to be an expert.

Along the way, fix a bug reported by Mark Dilger: the working buffer
allocated by interval_in() was too short, which resulted in rejecting
some perfectly valid interval input values. I added a regression test for
this fix.
2005-05-26 02:04:14 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b492c3accc Add parentheses to macros when args are used in computations. Without
them, the executation behavior could be unexpected.
2005-05-25 21:40:43 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f534820d4d Put parentheses around use of macro arguments in FMODULO and TMODULO. 2005-05-24 04:03:01 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4550c1e519 More macro cleanups for date/time. 2005-05-23 21:54:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5ebaae801c Add datetime macros for constants, for clarity:
#define SECS_PER_DAY  86400
#define USECS_PER_DAY INT64CONST(86400000000)
#define USECS_PER_HOUR    INT64CONST(3600000000)
#define USECS_PER_MINUTE INT64CONST(60000000)
#define USECS_PER_SEC INT64CONST(1000000)
2005-05-23 18:56:55 +00:00
Neil Conway
f3567eeaf2 Implement md5(bytea), update regression tests and documentation. Patch
from Abhijit Menon-Sen, minor editorialization from Neil Conway. Also,
improve md5(text) to allocate a constant-sized buffer on the stack
rather than via palloc.

Catalog version bumped.
2005-05-20 01:29:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
ee3b71f6bc Split the shared-memory array of PGPROC pointers out of the sinval
communication structure, and make it its own module with its own lock.
This should reduce contention at least a little, and it definitely makes
the code seem cleaner.  Per my recent proposal.
2005-05-19 21:35:48 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
35e1651508 Back out check for unreferenced files.
Heikki Linnakangas
2005-05-10 22:27:30 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
76668e6eb4 Check the file system on postmaster startup and report any unreferenced
files in the server log.

Heikki Linnakangas
2005-05-02 18:26:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
6c412f0605 Change CREATE TYPE to require datatype output and send functions to have
only one argument.  (Per recent discussion, the option to accept multiple
arguments is pretty useless for user-defined types, and would be a likely
source of security holes if it was used.)  Simplify call sites of
output/send functions to not bother passing more than one argument.
2005-05-01 18:56:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
055467d504 Marginal hack to use a specialized hash function for dynahash hashtables
whose keys are OIDs.  The only one that looks particularly performance
critical is the relcache hashtable, but as long as we've got the function
we may as well use it wherever it's applicable.
2005-04-14 20:32:43 +00:00
Tom Lane
162bd08b3f Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and
indexes.  Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open
and index_open.  Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in
various places.  Remove relcache's support for looking up system
catalogs by name.  Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 20:03:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
7c13781ee7 First phase of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and
indexes.  Extend the macros in include/catalog/*.h to carry the info
about hand-assigned OIDs, and adjust the genbki script and bootstrap
code to make the relations actually get those OIDs.  Remove the small
number of RelOid_pg_foo macros that we had in favor of a complete
set named like the catname.h and indexing.h macros.  Next phase will
get rid of internal use of names for looking up catalogs and indexes;
but this completes the changes forcing an initdb, so it looks like a
good place to commit.
Along the way, I made the shared relations (pg_database etc) not be
'bootstrap' relations any more, so as to reduce the number of hardwired
entries and simplify changing those relations in future.  I'm not
sure whether they ever really needed to be handled as bootstrap
relations, but it seems to work fine to not do so now.
2005-04-14 01:38:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
2e7a68896b Add aggsortop column to pg_aggregate, so that MIN/MAX optimization can
be supported for all datatypes.  Add CREATE AGGREGATE and pg_dump support
too.  Add specialized min/max aggregates for bpchar, instead of depending
on text's min/max, because otherwise the possible use of bpchar indexes
cannot be recognized.
initdb forced because of catalog changes.
2005-04-12 04:26:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
addc42c339 Create the planner mechanism for optimizing simple MIN and MAX queries
into indexscans on matching indexes.  For the moment, it only handles
int4 and text datatypes; next step is to add a column to pg_aggregate
so that all MIN/MAX aggregates can be handled.  Per my recent proposal.
2005-04-11 23:06:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
c3294f1cbf Fix interaction between materializing holdable cursors and firing
deferred triggers: either one can create more work for the other,
so we have to loop till it's all gone.  Per example from andrew@supernews.
Add a regression test to help spot trouble in this area in future.
2005-04-11 19:51:16 +00:00
Tom Lane
47888fe842 First phase of OUT-parameters project. We can now define and use SQL
functions with OUT parameters.  The various PLs still need work, as does
pg_dump.  Rudimentary docs and regression tests included.
2005-03-31 22:46:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
70c9763d48 Convert oidvector and int2vector into variable-length arrays. This
change saves a great deal of space in pg_proc and its primary index,
and it eliminates the former requirement that INDEX_MAX_KEYS and
FUNC_MAX_ARGS have the same value.  INDEX_MAX_KEYS is still embedded
in the on-disk representation (because it affects index tuple header
size), but FUNC_MAX_ARGS is not.  I believe it would now be possible
to increase FUNC_MAX_ARGS at little cost, but haven't experimented yet.
There are still a lot of vestigial references to FUNC_MAX_ARGS, which
I will clean up in a separate pass.  However, getting rid of it
altogether would require changing the FunctionCallInfoData struct,
and I'm not sure I want to buy into that.
2005-03-29 00:17:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
08890b407e Fix resource owner code to generate catcache and relcache leak warnings
when open references remain during normal cleanup of a resource owner.
This restores the system's ability to warn about leaks to what it was
before 8.0.  Not really a user-level bug, but helpful for development.
2005-03-25 18:30:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
519cef22bf Add missing min/max parameters to DefineCustomIntVariable() and
DefineCustomRealVariable().  Thomas Hallgren
2005-03-25 16:17:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
0dca4fcb0e array_map can't use the fn_extra field of the provided fcinfo struct as
its private storage, because that belongs to the function that it is
supposed to call.  Per report from Ezequiel Tolnay.
2005-03-24 21:50:38 +00:00
Neil Conway
fe7015f5e8 Change the return value of HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate() to be an enum,
rather than an integer, and fix the associated fallout. From Alvaro
Herrera.
2005-03-20 23:40:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
91728fa26c Add temp_buffers GUC variable to allow users to determine the size
of the local buffer arena for temporary table access.
2005-03-19 23:27:11 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
494f30c953 Prevent locale-aware handling of upper, lower, and initcap when the
locale is C.

Backpatch to 8.0.X because some operating systems were throwing errors
for such operations, rather than ignoring the locale when it was C.
2005-03-16 00:02:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
849074f9ae Revise hash join code so that we can increase the number of batches
on-the-fly, and thereby avoid blowing out memory when the planner has
underestimated the hash table size.  Hash join will now obey the
work_mem limit with some faithfulness.  Per my recent proposal
(hash aggregate part isn't done yet though).
2005-03-06 22:15:05 +00:00
Neil Conway
484f0464ff Implement max() and min() aggregates for array types. Patch from Koju
Iijima, reviewed by Neil Conway. Catalog version number bumped,
regression tests updated.
2005-02-28 03:45:24 +00:00
Neil Conway
5285b35763 Add explicit casts between int4 and boolean. Patch from Sean Chittenden,
editorializing by Neil Conway. Catalog version bumped.
2005-02-27 08:31:30 +00:00
Teodor Sigaev
5553d6572a In accordance to
http://www.pgsql.ru/db/mw/msg.html?mid=2045361

change TimeATD to/from Datum macros.

Re-initdb is needed.
2005-02-25 16:13:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
60b2444cc3 Add code to prevent transaction ID wraparound by enforcing a safe limit
in GetNewTransactionId().  Since the limit value has to be computed
before we run any real transactions, this requires adding code to database
startup to scan pg_database and determine the oldest datfrozenxid.
This can conveniently be combined with the first stage of an attack on
the problem that the 'flat file' copies of pg_shadow and pg_group are
not properly updated during WAL recovery.  The code I've added to
startup resides in a new file src/backend/utils/init/flatfiles.c, and
it is responsible for rewriting the flat files as well as initializing
the XID wraparound limit value.  This will eventually allow us to get
rid of GetRawDatabaseInfo too, but we'll need an initdb so we can add
a trigger to pg_database.
2005-02-20 02:22:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
a8593a3463 Convert MemoryContextSwitchTo() into an inline function when using GCC. 2005-02-18 21:52:34 +00:00
Neil Conway
f76730e35a Small patch to move get_grosysid() from catalog/aclchk.c to
utils/cache/lsyscache.c where it can be used by other things.  Also
cleans up both get_usesysid() and get_grosysid() a bit. From Stephen
Frost.
2005-01-27 23:36:15 +00:00
Tom Lane
0ce4d56924 Phase 1 of fix for 'SMgrRelation hashtable corrupted' problem. This
is the minimum required fix.  I want to look next at taking advantage of
it by simplifying the message semantics in the shared inval message queue,
but that part can be held over for 8.1 if it turns out too ugly.
2005-01-10 20:02:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
7e1c8ef4fc Some more missed copyright notices. Many of these look like they
should have been caught by the src/tools/copyright script ... why
weren't they?
2005-01-01 20:44:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
2daed8c5b3 Update copyrights that were missed. 2005-01-01 05:43:09 +00:00
PostgreSQL Daemon
2ff501590b Tag appropriate files for rc3
Also performed an initial run through of upgrading our Copyright date to
extend to 2005 ... first run here was very simple ... change everything
where: grep 1996-2004 && the word 'Copyright' ... scanned through the
generated list with 'less' first, and after, to make sure that I only
picked up the right entries ...
2004-12-31 22:04:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
cf796cc702 A client_encoding specification coming from the connection request has
to be processed by GUC before InitPostgres, because any required lookup
of the encoding conversion function has to be done during InitializeClientEncoding.
So, I broke this last week by moving GUC processing to after InitPostgres :-(.
What we can do as a compromise is process non-SUSET variables during
command line scanning (the same as before), and postpone the processing
of only SUSET variables.  None of the SUSET variables need to be set
before InitPostgres.
2004-11-24 19:51:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
ea23ec82c2 Remove GUC USERLIMIT variable category, making the affected variables
plain SUSET instead.  Also delay processing of options received in
client connection request until after we know if the user is a superuser,
so that SUSET values can be set that way by legitimate superusers.
Per recent discussion.
2004-11-14 19:35:35 +00:00
Tom Lane
547bb4a7f2 Use a hopefully-more-reliable method of detecting default selectivity
estimates when combining the estimates for a range query.  As pointed out
by Miquel van Smoorenburg, the existing check for an impossible combined
result would quite possibly fail to detect one default and one non-default
input.  It seems better to use the default range query estimate in such
cases.  To do so, add a check for an estimate of exactly DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL.
This is a bit ugly because it introduces additional coupling between
clauselist_selectivity and scalarltsel/scalargtsel, but it's not like
there wasn't plenty already...
2004-11-09 00:34:46 +00:00
Tom Lane
98e8b48053 Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE
clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly.  Remove concept
of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for
selecting a default tablespace for a table or index.  It's now just
(a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an
empty string; (c) database's default.  This will allow pg_dump to use
SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations
(but I didn't actually make it do so).  All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 19:17:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
9e83d73b6c Add a GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY flag to mark GUC variables that should not be
examinable by non-superusers, and use it to protect the recently-added
GUC variables for data directory and config files.  For now I have only
flagged those variables that could be used to deduce something about
the server's filesystem layout, but possibly we should also mark vars
related to logging settings and other admin-only information?
2004-10-22 19:48:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
fb22b32095 Allow functions returning void or cstring to appear in FROM clause,
to make life cushy for the JDBC driver.  Centralize the decision-making
that affects this by inventing a get_type_func_class() function, rather
than adding special cases in half a dozen places.
2004-10-20 16:04:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
9ffc8ed58b Repair possible failure to update hint bits back to disk, per
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2004-10/msg00464.php.
This fix is intended to be permanent: it moves the responsibility for
calling SetBufferCommitInfoNeedsSave() into the tqual.c routines,
eliminating the requirement for callers to test whether t_infomask changed.
Also, tighten validity checking on buffer IDs in bufmgr.c --- several
routines were paranoid about out-of-range shared buffer numbers but not
about out-of-range local ones, which seems a tad pointless.
2004-10-15 22:40:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
337ffcddba Adjust configuration-files GUC behavior as per my recent proposal.
The vars are renamed to data_directory, config_file, hba_file, and
ident_file, and are guaranteed to be set to accurate absolute paths
during postmaster startup.
This commit does not yet do anything about hiding path values from
non-superusers.
2004-10-09 23:13:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
7ca3a0f3e2 Whack some sense into the configuration-file-location patch.
Refactor code into something reasonably understandable, cause
use of the feature to not fail in standalone backends or in
EXEC_BACKEND case, fix sloppy guc.c table entries, make the
documentation minimally usable.
2004-10-08 01:36:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
6c61af6654 Remove arithmetic operators on the 1-byte-char datatype, as per proposals
made several times in the past.  Add coercion functions between "char"
and integer so that a workaround is possible if needed.

Initdb forced.
2004-10-04 22:49:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
4c5e810fcd Code review for NOWAIT patch: downgrade NOWAIT from fully reserved keyword
to unreserved keyword, use ereport not elog, assign a separate error code
for 'could not obtain lock' so that applications will be able to detect
that case cleanly.
2004-10-01 16:40:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
3a246cc285 Arrange to preallocate all required space for the buffer and FSM hash
tables in shared memory.  This ensures that overflow of the lock table
creates no long-lasting problems.  Per discussion with Merlin Moncure.
2004-09-28 20:46:37 +00:00
Tom Lane
9f6df6c4a6 Fix oversight: there's no reason for PG_TRY to use sigsetjmp(buf,1)
since we don't change the signal mask during normal backend operations.
Use sigsetjmp(buf,0) to avoid many unnecessary kernel calls.
2004-09-16 21:59:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
257cccbe5e Add some marginal tweaks to eliminate memory leakages associated with
subtransactions.  Trivial subxacts (such as a plpgsql exception block
containing no database access) now demonstrably leak zero bytes.
2004-09-16 20:17:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
86fff990b2 RecentXmin is too recent to use as the cutoff point for accessing
pg_subtrans --- what we need is the oldest xmin of any snapshot in use
in the current top transaction.  Introduce a new variable TransactionXmin
to play this role.  Fixes intermittent regression failure reported by
Neil Conway.
2004-09-16 18:35:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
8f9f198603 Restructure subtransaction handling to reduce resource consumption,
as per recent discussions.  Invent SubTransactionIds that are managed like
CommandIds (ie, counter is reset at start of each top transaction), and
use these instead of TransactionIds to keep track of subtransaction status
in those modules that need it.  This means that a subtransaction does not
need an XID unless it actually inserts/modifies rows in the database.
Accordingly, don't assign it an XID nor take a lock on the XID until it
tries to do that.  This saves a lot of overhead for subtransactions that
are only used for error recovery (eg plpgsql exceptions).  Also, arrange
to release a subtransaction's XID lock as soon as the subtransaction
exits, in both the commit and abort cases.  This avoids holding many
unique locks after a long series of subtransactions.  The price is some
additional overhead in XactLockTableWait, but that seems acceptable.
Finally, restructure the state machine in xact.c to have a more orthogonal
set of states for subtransactions.
2004-09-16 16:58:44 +00:00
Neil Conway
6a2869f64e Fix a read of uninitialized memory in array_out(). Perform some minor
cosmetic code cleanup at the same time.
2004-09-16 03:15:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
b2c4071299 Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED
mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than
using the latest interactive command's snapshot.  Also, suppress fresh
snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE
functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested
regular query.  (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so
the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.)
As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the
same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any
action.  Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly
nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 20:10:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
493f72606b Renumber SnapshotNow and the other special snapshot codes so that
((Snapshot) NULL) can no longer be confused with a valid snapshot,
as per my recent suggestion.  Define a macro InvalidSnapshot for 0.
Use InvalidSnapshot instead of SnapshotAny as the do-nothing special
case for heap_update and heap_delete crosschecks; this seems a little
cleaner even though the behavior is really the same.
2004-09-11 18:28:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
487466a601 Fix palloc call from /port for Cygwin. 2004-09-10 15:23:51 +00:00
Tom Lane
1a86e6eabf On further consideration, there's another problem here: the existing
elog() emulation code always calls errstart with ERROR error level.
This means that a recursive error call triggered by elog would do
MemoryContextReset(ErrorContext), whether or not this was actually
appropriate.  I'm surprised we haven't seen this in the field...
2004-09-05 03:42:13 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
15d3f9f6b7 Another pgindent run with lib typedefs added. 2004-08-30 02:54:42 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b6b71b85bc Pgindent run for 8.0. 2004-08-29 05:07:03 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
da9a8649d8 Update copyright to 2004. 2004-08-29 04:13:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
1c72d0dec1 Fix relcache to account properly for subtransaction status of 'new'
relcache entries.  Also, change TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId()
so that if consulted during transaction abort, it will not say that
the aborted xact is still current.  (It would be better to ensure that
it's never called at all during abort, but I'm not sure we can easily
guarantee that.)  In combination, these fix a crash we have seen
occasionally during parallel regression tests of 8.0.
2004-08-28 20:31:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
1785acebf2 Introduce local hash table for lock state, as per recent proposal.
PROCLOCK structs in shared memory now have only a bitmask for held
locks, rather than counts (making them 40 bytes smaller, which is a
good thing).  Multiple locks within a transaction are counted in the
local hash table instead, and we have provision for tracking which
ResourceOwner each count belongs to.  Solves recently reported problem
with memory leakage within long transactions.
2004-08-27 17:07:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
faafbae720 If these are ifdef WIN32 in the .c file, should be so in .h as well. 2004-08-08 16:13:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7ee3c35152 Allow libpgport to call memory allocation routines even though
CurrentMemoryContext is DLLIMPORT on Win32.  Work around that by
creating stubs in the backend for palloc/pstrdup.

Also fix pg_dumpall to do proper quoting on Win32.
2004-08-08 06:44:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
7f018ac1c2 Use one, not zero, as the default lower bound for arrays of AclItems.
This avoids changing the displayed appearance of ACL columns now that
array_out decorates its output with bounds information when the lower
bound isn't one.  Per gripe from Gaetano Mendola.  Note that I did not
force initdb for this, although any database initdb'd in the last
couple of days is going to have some problems.
2004-08-06 18:05:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
bdf8ef6925 Create a built-in log rotation program, so that we no longer have to
recommend that people go get Apache's rotatelogs program.  Additional
benefits are that configuration is done through GUC, rather than
externally, and that the postmaster can monitor the log rotator and
restart it after failure (though we certainly hope that won't happen
often).
Andreas Pflug, some rework by Tom Lane.
2004-08-05 23:32:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
58c41712d5 Add functions pg_start_backup, pg_stop_backup to create backup label
and history files as per recent discussion.  While at it, remove
pg_terminate_backend, since we have decided we do not have time during
this release cycle to address the reliability concerns it creates.
Split the 'Miscellaneous Functions' documentation section into
'System Information Functions' and 'System Administration Functions',
which hopefully will draw the eyes of those looking for such things.
2004-08-03 20:32:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
d6f8a76cf2 Cause ALTER OWNER commands to update the object's ACL, replacing references
to the old owner with the new owner.  This is not necessarily right, but
it's sure a lot more likely to be what the user wants than doing nothing.
Christopher Kings-Lynne, some rework by Tom Lane.
2004-08-01 20:30:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
9c8d0850c3 Support "OR condition ..." in plpgsql EXCEPTION clauses to make the syntax
more nearly Oracle-equivalent.  Allow matching by category as well as
specific error code.  Document the set of available condition names
(or more accurately, synchronize it with the existing documentation).  In
passing, update errcodes.sgml to include codes added during 7.5 development.
2004-07-31 23:04:58 +00:00
Tom Lane
beda4814c1 plpgsql does exceptions.
There are still some things that need refinement; in particular I fear
that the recognized set of error condition names probably has little in
common with what Oracle recognizes.  But it's a start.
2004-07-31 07:39:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
a393fbf937 Restructure error handling as recently discussed. It is now really
possible to trap an error inside a function rather than letting it
propagate out to PostgresMain.  You still have to use AbortCurrentTransaction
to clean up, but at least the error handling itself will cooperate.
2004-07-31 00:45:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
1bf3d61504 Fix subtransaction behavior for large objects, temp namespace, files,
password/group files.  Also allow read-only subtransactions of a read-write
parent, but not vice versa.  These are the reasonably noncontroversial
parts of Alvaro's recent mop-up patch, plus further work on large objects
to minimize use of the TopTransactionResourceOwner.
2004-07-28 14:23:31 +00:00
Tom Lane
cc813fc2b8 Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant
SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax.  (Alvaro)
Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of
COMMIT in its command tag.  (Tom)
Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 05:11:48 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7a55ba7615 Back out pg_autovacuum commit after cvs clean failure causes commit. 2004-07-21 20:34:50 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
8dec0c1bf2 lease find enclosed a patch that matches the PL/Perl documentation
(fairly closely, I hope) to the current PL/Perl implementation.

David Fetter
2004-07-21 20:23:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
fe548629c5 Invent ResourceOwner mechanism as per my recent proposal, and use it to
keep track of portal-related resources separately from transaction-related
resources.  This allows cursors to work in a somewhat sane fashion with
nested transactions.  For now, cursor behavior is non-subtransactional,
that is a cursor's state does not roll back if you abort a subtransaction
that fetched from the cursor.  We might want to change that later.
2004-07-17 03:32:14 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e47cbb3bad Add has_tablespace_privilege().
Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-07-12 20:23:59 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
130f89e93f Allow configuration files to be placed outside the data directory.
Add new postgresql.conf variables to point to data, pg_hba.conf, and
pg_ident.conf files.

Needs more documentation.
2004-07-11 00:18:45 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
28c4dd14cd Add comment describing ereport() NOTICE/WARNING distinction. 2004-07-06 19:51:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
e34082ee3b Add missing operators of the form interval-plus-datetime, as required for
better SQL compliance in this area, per recent discussion.  Mark related
operators as commutators where possible.  (The system doesn't actually care
about commutator marking for operators not returning boolean, at the moment,
but this seems forward-thinking and besides it made it easier to verify
that we hadn't missed any.)
Also, remove interval-minus-time and interval-minus-timetz operators.
I'm not sure how these got in, but they are nonstandard and had very
obviously broken behavior.  (minus is not commutative in anyone's book.)
I doubt anyone had ever used 'em, because we'd surely have gotten a bug
report about it if so.
2004-07-02 22:50:23 +00:00
Joe Conway
0b89d261c7 Andreas Pflug wrote:
From an idea of Bruce, the attached patch implements the function
 pg_tablespace_databases(oid) RETURNS SETOF oid
 which delivers as set of database oids having objects in the selected
 tablespace, enabling an admin to examine only the databases affecting
 the tablespace for objects instead of scanning all of them.

initdb forced
2004-07-02 18:59:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
573a71a5da Nested transactions. There is still much left to do, especially on the
performance front, but with feature freeze upon us I think it's time to
drive a stake in the ground and say that this will be in 7.5.

Alvaro Herrera, with some help from Tom Lane.
2004-07-01 00:52:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
a0e842d81b Add pg_get_serial_sequence() function, and cause pg_dump to use it.
This eliminates the assumption that a serial column's sequence will
have the same name on reload that it was given in the original database.

Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 17:20:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
b15f9b08ef Replace direct fprintf(stderr) calls by write_stderr(), and cause this
routine to do something appropriate on Win32.  Also, add a security check
on Win32 that parallels the can't-run-as-root check on Unix.

Magnus Hagander
2004-06-24 21:03:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
2467394ee1 Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces.
There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules
need work, and so does the documentation.  Also someone should think about
COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE.  Also initlocation is
dead, it just doesn't know it yet.

Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 06:14:31 +00:00
Tom Lane
d70a42e642 Represent type-specific length coercion functions as pg_cast entries,
eliminating the former hard-wired convention about their names.  Allow
pg_cast entries to represent both type coercion and length coercion in
a single step --- this is represented by a function that takes an
extra typmod argument, just like a length coercion function.  This
nicely merges the type and length coercion mechanisms into something
at least a little cleaner than we had before.  Make use of the single-
coercion-step behavior to fix integer-to-bit coercion so that coercing
to bit(n) yields the rightmost n bits of the integer instead of the
leftmost n bits.  This should fix recurrent complaints about the odd
behavior of this coercion.  Clean up the documentation of the bit string
functions, and try to put it where people might actually find it.
Also, get rid of the unreliable heuristics in ruleutils.c about whether
to display nested coercion steps; instead require parse_coerce.c to
label them properly in the first place.
2004-06-16 01:27:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
950d047ec5 Give inet/cidr datatypes their own hash function that ignores the inet vs
cidr type bit, the same as network_eq does.  This is needed for hash joins
and hash aggregation to work correctly on these types.  Per bug report
from Michael Fuhr, 2004-04-13.
Also, improve hash function for int8 as suggested by Greg Stark.
2004-06-13 21:57:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
ba0f9ff3ba Code review for recently-added network functions. Get it to work when
log_hostname is enabled, clean up documentation.
2004-06-13 19:56:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
c541bb86e9 Infrastructure for I/O of composite types: arrange for the I/O routines
of a composite type to get that type's OID as their second parameter,
in place of typelem which is useless.  The actual changes are mostly
centralized in getTypeInputInfo and siblings, but I had to fix a few
places that were fetching pg_type.typelem for themselves instead of
using the lsyscache.c routines.  Also, I renamed all the related variables
from 'typelem' to 'typioparam' to discourage people from assuming that
they necessarily contain array element types.
2004-06-06 00:41:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
c3a153afed Tweak palloc/repalloc to allow zero bytes to be requested, as per recent
proposal.  Eliminate several dozen now-unnecessary hacks to avoid palloc(0).
(It's likely there are more that I didn't find.)
2004-06-05 19:48:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
ae93e5fd6e Make the world very nearly safe for composite-type columns in tables.
1. Solve the problem of not having TOAST references hiding inside composite
values by establishing the rule that toasting only goes one level deep:
a tuple can contain toasted fields, but a composite-type datum that is
to be inserted into a tuple cannot.  Enforcing this in heap_formtuple
is relatively cheap and it avoids a large increase in the cost of running
the tuptoaster during final storage of a row.
2. Fix some interesting problems in expansion of inherited queries that
reference whole-row variables.  We never really did this correctly before,
but it's now relatively painless to solve by expanding the parent's
whole-row Var into a RowExpr() selecting the proper columns from the
child.
If you dike out the preventive check in CheckAttributeType(),
composite-type columns now seem to actually work.  However, we surely
cannot ship them like this --- without I/O for composite types, you
can't get pg_dump to dump tables containing them.  So a little more
work still to do.
2004-06-05 01:55:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
921d749bd4 Adjust our timezone library to use pg_time_t (typedef'd as int64) in
place of time_t, as per prior discussion.  The behavior does not change
on machines without a 64-bit-int type, but on machines with one, which
is most, we are rid of the bizarre boundary behavior at the edges of
the 32-bit-time_t range (1901 and 2038).  The system will now treat
times over the full supported timestamp range as being in your local
time zone.  It may seem a little bizarre to consider that times in
4000 BC are PST or EST, but this is surely at least as reasonable as
propagating Gregorian calendar rules back that far.

I did not modify the format of the zic timezone database files, which
means that for the moment the system will not know about daylight-savings
periods outside the range 1901-2038.  Given the way the files are set up,
it's not a simple decision like 'widen to 64 bits'; we have to actually
think about the range of years that need to be supported.  We should
probably inquire what the plans of the upstream zic people are before
making any decisions of our own.
2004-06-03 02:08:07 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e8d9d68ca4 Per previous discussions, here are two functions to send INT and TERM
(cancel and terminate) signals to other backends.   They permit only INT
and TERM, and permits sending only to postgresql backends.

Magnus Hagander
2004-06-02 21:29:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
4b2dafcc0b Align GRANT/REVOKE behavior more closely with the SQL spec, per discussion
of bug report #1150.  Also, arrange that the object owner's irrevocable
grant-option permissions are handled implicitly by the system rather than
being listed in the ACL as self-granted rights (which was wrong anyway).
I did not take the further step of showing these permissions in an
explicit 'granted by _SYSTEM' ACL entry, as that seemed more likely to
bollix up existing clients than to do anything really useful.  It's still
a possible future direction, though.
2004-06-01 21:49:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
1a321f26d8 Code review for EXEC_BACKEND changes. Reduce the number of #ifdefs by
about a third, make it work on non-Windows platforms again.  (But perhaps
I broke the WIN32 code, since I have no way to test that.)  Fold all the
paths that fork postmaster child processes to go through the single
routine SubPostmasterMain, which takes care of resurrecting the state that
would normally be inherited from the postmaster (including GUC variables).
Clean up some places where there's no particularly good reason for the
EXEC and non-EXEC cases to work differently.  Take care of one or two
FIXMEs that remained in the code.
2004-05-28 05:13:32 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
97d625dd1c *) inet_(client|server)_(addr|port)() and necessary documentation for
the four functions.


> Also, please justify the temp-related changes.  I was not aware that we
> had any breakage there.

patch-tmp-schema.txt contains the following bits:

*) Changes pg_namespace_aclmask() so that the superuser is always able
to create objects in the temp namespace.
*) Changes pg_namespace_aclmask() so that if this is a temp namespace,
objects are only allowed to be created in the temp namespace if the
user has TEMP privs on the database.  This encompasses all object
creation, not just TEMP tables.
*) InitTempTableNamespace() checks to see if the current user, not the
session user, has access to create a temp namespace.

The first two changes are necessary to support the third change.  Now
it's possible to revoke all temp table privs from non-super users and
limiting all creation of temp tables/schemas via a function that's
executed with elevated privs (security definer).  Before this change,
it was not possible to have a setuid function to create a temp
table/schema if the session user had no TEMP privs.

patch-area-path.txt contains:

*) Can now determine the area of a closed path.


patch-dfmgr.txt contains:

*) Small tweak to add the library path that's being expanded.

I was using $lib/foo.so and couldn't easily figure out what the error
message, "invalid macro name in dynamic library path" meant without
looking through the source code.  With the path in there, at least I
know where to start looking in my config file.

Sean Chittenden
2004-05-26 18:35:51 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
8096fe45ce The added aggregates are:
(1) boolean-and and boolean-or aggregates named bool_and and bool_or.
    they (SHOULD;-) correspond to standard sql every and some/any aggregates.
    they do not have the right name as there is a problem with
    the standard and the parser for some/any. Tom also think that
    the standard name is misleading because NULL are ignored.
    Also add 'every' aggregate.

(2) bitwise integer aggregates named bit_and and bit_or for
    int2, int4, int8 and bit types. They are not standard, but I find
    them useful. I needed them once.


The patches adds:

- 2 new very short strict functions for boolean aggregates in
  src/backed/utils/adt/bool.c,
  src/include/utils/builtins.h and src/include/catalog/pg_proc.h

- the new aggregates declared in src/include/catalog/pg_proc.h and
  src/include/catalog/pg_aggregate.h

- some documentation and validation about these new aggregates.

Fabien COELHO
2004-05-26 15:26:28 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
3dc37cd8d6 The patch adresses the TODO list item "Allow external interfaces to
extend the GUC variable set".

Plugin modules like the pl<lang> modules needs a way to declare
configuration parameters. The postmaster has no knowledge of such
modules when it reads the postgresql.conf file. Rather than allowing
totally unknown configuration parameters, the concept of a variable
"class" is introduced. Variables that belongs to a declared classes will
create a placeholder value of string type and will not generate an
error. When a module is loaded, it will declare variables for such a
class and make those variables "consume" any placeholders that has been
defined. Finally, the module will generate warnings for unrecognized
placeholders defined for its class.

More detail:
The design is outlined after the suggestions made by Tom Lane and Joe
Conway in this thread:

http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2004-02/msg00229.php

A new string variable 'custom_variable_classes' is introduced. This
variable is a comma separated string of identifiers. Each identifier
denots a 'class' that will allow its members to be added without error.
This variable must be defined in postmaster.conf.

The lexer (guc_file.l) is changed so that it can accept a qualified name
in the form <ID>.<ID> as the name of a variable. I also changed so that
the 'custom_variable_classes', if found, is added first of all variables
in order to remove the order of declaration issue.

The guc_variables table is made more dynamic. It is originally created
with 20% slack and can grow dynamically. A capacity is introduced to
avoid resizing every time a new variable is added. guc_variables and
num_guc_variables becomes static (hidden).

The GucInfoMain now uses the new function get_guc_variables() and
GetNumConfigOptions  instead or using the guc_variables directly.

The find_option() function, when passed a missing name, will check if
the name is qualified. If the name is qualified and if the qualifier
denotes a class included in the 'custom_variable_classes', a placeholder
variable will be created. Such a placeholder will not participate in a
list operation but will otherwise function as a normal string variable.

Define<type>GucVariable() functions will be added, one for each variable
type. They are inteded to be used by add-on modules like the pl<lang>
mappings. Example:

extern void DefineCustomBoolVariable(
         const char* name,
         const char* short_desc,
         const char* long_desc,
         bool* valueAddr,
         GucContext context,
         GucBoolAssignHook assign_hook,
         GucShowHook show_hook);

(I created typedefs for the assign-hook and show-hook functions). A call
to these functions will define a new GUC-variable. If a placeholder
exists it will be replaced but it's value will be used in place of the
default value. The valueAddr is assumed ot point at a default value when
the define function is called. The only constraint that is imposed on a
Custom variable is that its name is qualified.

Finally, a function:

void EmittWarningsOnPlacholders(const char* className)

was added. This function should be called when a module has completed
its variable definitions. At that time, no placeholders should remain
for the class that the module uses. If they do, elog(INFO, ...) messages
will be issued to inform the user that unrecognized variables are
present.

Thomas Hallgren
2004-05-26 15:07:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
63bd0db121 Integrate src/timezone library for all platforms. There is more we can
and should do now that we control our own destiny for timezone handling,
but this commit gets the bulk of the picayune diffs in place.
Magnus Hagander and Tom Lane.
2004-05-21 05:08:06 +00:00
Neil Conway
2871f60f23 Change ln(), log(), power(), and sqrt() to emit the correct SQLSTATE
error codes for certain error conditions, as specified by SQL2003.
2004-05-16 23:18:55 +00:00
Neil Conway
0079547bcb Implement the width_bucket() function, per SQL2003. This commit only adds
a variant of the function for the 'numeric' datatype; it would be possible
to add additional variants for other datatypes, but I haven't done so yet.

This commit includes regression tests and minimal documentation; if we
want developers to actually use this function in applications, we'll
probably need to document what it does more fully.
2004-05-14 21:42:30 +00:00
Neil Conway
0cb27df5c6 Improve documentation for SQLSTATE error codes, per recent thread on
-patches.
2004-05-14 18:04:02 +00:00
Tom Lane
5ddbe904c0 Refactor low-level aclcheck code to provide useful interfaces for multi-bit
permissions tests in about the same amount of code as before.  Exactly what
the GRANT/REVOKE code ought to be doing is still up for debate, but this
should be helpful in any case, and it already solves an efficiency problem
in executor startup.
2004-05-11 17:36:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
4af3421161 Get rid of rd_nblocks field in relcache entries. Turns out this was
costing us lots more to maintain than it was worth.  On shared tables
it was of exactly zero benefit because we couldn't trust it to be
up to date.  On temp tables it sometimes saved an lseek, but not often
enough to be worth getting excited about.  And the real problem was that
we forced an lseek on every relcache flush in order to update the field.
So all in all it seems best to lose the complexity.
2004-05-08 19:09:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
8325a8d69e Make ALTER COLUMN TYPE preserve clustered status for indexes it doesn't
modify.  Also fix a passel of problems with ALTER TABLE CLUSTER ON:
failure to check that the index is safe to cluster on (or even belongs
to the indicated rel, or even exists), and failure to broadcast a relcache
flush event when changing an index's state.
2004-05-06 16:10:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
077db40fa1 ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff:
* ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL
spec.  A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value
stored in each row.

* ALTER COLUMN TYPE.  You can change a column's datatype to anything you
want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value.  Rewrites
the table.  (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such
as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).)

* Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command.  You can perform
any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with
only one pass over the table contents.

Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs
work is needed.

Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 04:48:48 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a9d3c2cb18 Revert patch --- needs more generalized solution.
> Please find a attached a small patch that adds accessor functions
> for "aclitem" so that it is not an opaque datatype.
>
> I needed these functions to browse aclitems from user land. I can load
> them when necessary, but it seems to me that these accessors for a
> backend type belong to the backend, so I submit them.
>
> Fabien Coelho
2004-05-02 13:38:28 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d7ee665089 Align prototype in C code. 2004-05-01 19:25:08 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0a17fd726c Please find a attached a small patch that adds accessor functions
for "aclitem" so that it is not an opaque datatype.

I needed these functions to browse aclitems from user land. I can load
them when necessary, but it seems to me that these accessors for a
backend type belong to the backend, so I submit them.

Fabien Coelho
2004-04-26 15:06:49 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6a25c6e1d1 > >>1. change the type of "log_statement" option from boolean to string,
> >>with allowed values of "all, mod, ddl, none" with default "none".

OK, here is a patch that implements #1.  Here is sample output:

        test=> set client_min_messages = 'log';
        SET
        test=> set log_statement = 'mod';
        SET
        test=> select 1;
         ?column?
        ----------
                1
        (1 row)

        test=> update test set x=1;
        LOG:  statement: update test set x=1;
        ERROR:  relation "test" does not exist
        test=> update test set x=1;
        LOG:  statement: update test set x=1;
        ERROR:  relation "test" does not exist
        test=> copy test from '/tmp/x';
        LOG:  statement: copy test from '/tmp/x';
        ERROR:  relation "test" does not exist
        test=> copy test to  '/tmp/x';
        ERROR:  relation "test" does not exist
        test=> prepare xx as select 1;
        PREPARE
        test=> prepare xx as update x set y=1;
        LOG:  statement: prepare xx as update x set y=1;
        ERROR:  relation "x" does not exist
        test=> explain analyze select 1;;
                                             QUERY PLAN
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Result  (cost=0.00..0.01 rows=1 width=0) (actual time=0.006..0.007 rows=1 loops=1)
         Total runtime: 0.046 ms
        (2 rows)

        test=> explain analyze update test set x=1;
        LOG:  statement: explain analyze update test set x=1;
        ERROR:  relation "test" does not exist
        test=> explain update test set x=1;
        ERROR:  relation "test" does not exist

It checks PREPARE and EXECUTE ANALYZE too.  The log_statement values are
'none', 'mod', 'ddl', and 'all'.  For 'all', it prints before the query
is parsed, and for ddl/mod, it does it right after parsing using the
node tag (or command tag for CREATE/ALTER/DROP), so any non-parse errors
will print after the log line.
2004-04-07 05:05:50 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6165bbab8c Remove 'syslog' GUC variable, and add more logical 'log_destination'
variable to control logoutput location on Unix and Win32.

Magnus Hagander
2004-04-05 03:02:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
375369acd1 Replace TupleTableSlot convention for whole-row variables and function
results with tuples as ordinary varlena Datums.  This commit does not
in itself do much for us, except eliminate the horrid memory leak
associated with evaluation of whole-row variables.  However, it lays the
groundwork for allowing composite types as table columns, and perhaps
some other useful features as well.  Per my proposal of a few days ago.
2004-04-01 21:28:47 +00:00
Tom Lane
0de45c1c27 Add timestamp-versus-timestamptz cross-type comparison functions,
flesh out the index operator classes to include these.  In passing,
fix erroneous volatility marking of ACL functions.
2004-03-22 01:38:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
f938c2b91b Revise syntax-error reporting behavior to give pleasant results for
errors in internally-generated queries, such as those submitted by
plpgsql functions.  Per recent discussions with Fabien Coelho.
2004-03-21 22:29:11 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d6b57925ca Remove GUC log_statement, log_pid, log_timestamp, log_source_port.
Functionality superceeded by log_line_prefix.

Andrew Dunstan
2004-03-15 15:56:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
1bc2d544b9 Localize our dependencies on the way to create NAN or INFINITY.
Per recent proposal to pghackers.
2004-03-15 03:29:22 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
2d3fe86bc4 Add:
#log_line_prefix = ''         # e.g. '<%u%%%d> '
                              # %u=user name %d=database name
                              # %r=remote host and port
                              # %p=PID %t=timestamp %i=command tag
                              # %c=session id %l=session line number
                              # %s=session start timestamp
                              # %x=stop here in non-session processes
                              # %%='%'

Andrew Dunstan
2004-03-09 04:43:07 +00:00
Neil Conway
2146bfc869 Emit a warning when an empty string is input to the oid, float4, and
float8 types. This begins the deprecation of this feature: in 7.6,
this input will be rejected.

Also added a new error code for warnings about deprecated features,
and updated the regression tests.
2004-03-04 21:47:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
780cba9880 Move responsibility for copying argv[] array into ps_status.c, where it
logically belongs.  Arrange to update the _NSGetArgv() copy of the argv
pointer on Darwin.  (It seems likely that other NeXT-derived platforms
also have an _NSGetArgv() problem, but until we have some reports I'll
just make this #ifdef __darwin__.)
2004-02-22 21:26:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
a536ed53bc Make use of statistics on index expressions. There are still some
corner cases that could stand improvement, but it does all the basic
stuff.  A byproduct is that the selectivity routines are no longer
constrained to working on simple Vars; we might in future be able to
improve the behavior for subexpressions that don't match indexes.
2004-02-17 00:52:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
a9e08392dd Create crosstype comparison operators for date vs. timestamp and date
vs. timestamptz.  This allows use of indexes for expressions like
  datecol >= date 'today' - interval '1 month'
which were formerly not indexable without casting the righthand side
down from timestamp to date.
2004-02-14 20:16:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
87bd956385 Restructure smgr API as per recent proposal. smgr no longer depends on
the relcache, and so the notion of 'blind write' is gone.  This should
improve efficiency in bgwriter and background checkpoint processes.
Internal restructuring in md.c to remove the not-very-useful array of
MdfdVec objects --- might as well just use pointers.
Also remove the long-dead 'persistent main memory' storage manager (mm.c),
since it seems quite unlikely to ever get resurrected.
2004-02-10 01:55:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
391c3811a2 Rename SortMem and VacuumMem to work_mem and maintenance_work_mem.
Make btree index creation and initial validation of foreign-key constraints
use maintenance_work_mem rather than work_mem as their memory limit.
Add some code to guc.c to allow these variables to be referenced by their
old names in SHOW and SET commands, for backwards compatibility.
2004-02-03 17:34:04 +00:00
Joe Conway
12661642c8 Add function (actually an int4 and an int8 version) that generates
a series of numbers, optionally using an explicit step size other
than the default value (one). Use function in the information_schema
to replace hard-wired knowledge of INDEX_MAX_KEYS. initdb forced due
to pg_proc change. Documentation update still needed -- will be
committed separately.
2004-02-03 08:29:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
9bd681a522 Repair problem identified by Olivier Prenant: ALTER DATABASE SET search_path
should not be too eager to reject paths involving unknown schemas, since
it can't really tell whether the schemas exist in the target database.
(Also, when reading pg_dumpall output, it could be that the schemas
don't exist yet, but eventually will.)  ALTER USER SET has a similar issue.
So, reduce the normal ERROR to a NOTICE when checking search_path values
for these commands.  Supporting this requires changing the API for GUC
assign_hook functions, which causes the patch to touch a lot of places,
but the changes are conceptually trivial.
2004-01-19 19:04:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
cfd7fb7ed4 Fix permission-checking bug reported by Tim Burgess 10-Feb-03 (this time
for sure...).  Rather than relying on the query context of a rangetable
entry to identify what permissions it wants checked, store a full AclMode
mask in each RTE, and check exactly those bits.  This allows an RTE
specifying, say, INSERT privilege on a view to be copied into a derived
UPDATE query without changing meaning.  Per recent discussion thread.
initdb forced due to change of stored rule representation.
2004-01-14 23:01:55 +00:00
Neil Conway
dfc7e7b71d Code cleanup, mostly in the smgr:
- Update comment in IsReservedName() to the present day

     - Improve some variable & function names in commands/vacuum.c. I
       was planning to rewrite this to avoid lappend(), but since I
       still intend to do the list rewrite, there's no need for that.

     - Update some smgr comments which seemed to imply that we still
       forced all dirty pages to disk at commit-time.

     - Replace some #ifdef DIAGNOSTIC code with assertions.

     - Make the distinction between OS-level file descriptors and
       virtual file descriptors a little clearer in a few comments

     - Other minor comment improvements in the smgr code
2004-01-06 18:07:32 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1c757c49fa > > I have no idea if this in Oracle or not. But it's something I
> > needed, and other people in the past asked about it too.
>
> It is in Oracle, but you aren't exactly on the spot.  It should be
>
> IYYY - 4 digits  ('2003')
> IYY  - 3 digits  ('003')
> IY   - 2 digits  ('03')
> I    - 1 digit   ('3')

Here is an updated patch that does that.

Kurt Roeckx
2003-12-25 03:36:24 +00:00
Joe Conway
66989aa2d6 Added new group of read-only GUC variables to allow simple access
to certain compile-time options (FUNC_MAX_ARGS, INDEX_MAX_KEYS,
NAMEDATALEN, BLCKSZ, HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP). Also added "category",
"short_desc", and "extra_desc" to the pg_settings view. Per recent
discussion here:
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-patches/2003-11/msg00363.php
2003-12-03 18:52:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
7f8f7665fc Planner failed to be smart about binary-compatible expressions in pathkeys
and hash bucket-size estimation.  Issue has been there awhile but is more
critical in 7.4 because it affects varchar columns.  Per report from
Greg Stark.
2003-12-03 17:45:10 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5ef01a28e6 The attached patch enables contrib/cube to build cleanly under Cygwin
(again).  Please consider this patch for the 7.4.1 branch (if there will
be one) too.

 Jason Tishler
2003-12-01 23:12:16 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7ce9b7c0d8 This patch adds a new GUC var, "default_with_oids", which follows the
proposal for eventually deprecating OIDs on user tables that I posted
earlier to pgsql-hackers. pg_dump now always specifies WITH OIDS or
WITHOUT OIDS when dumping a table. The documentation has been updated.

Neil Conway
2003-12-01 22:08:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
04a4821ade Attached is a patch implementing factorial(), returning numeric. Points
to note:

1) arttype is numeric. I thought this was the best way of allowing
arbitarily large factorials, even though factorial(2^63) is a large
number. Happy to change to integers if this is overkill.
2) since we're accepting numeric arguments, the patch tests for floats.
If a numeric is passed with non-zero decimal portion, an error is raised
since (from memory) they are undefined.

Gavin Sherry
2003-12-01 21:52:38 +00:00
PostgreSQL Daemon
55b113257c make sure the $Id tags are converted to $PostgreSQL as well ... 2003-11-29 22:41:33 +00:00
PostgreSQL Daemon
969685ad44 $Header: -> $PostgreSQL Changes ... 2003-11-29 19:52:15 +00:00
Tom Lane
42ce74bf17 COMMENT ON casts, conversions, languages, operator classes, and
large objects.  Dump all these in pg_dump; also add code to pg_dump
user-defined conversions.  Make psql's large object code rely on
the backend for inserting/deleting LOB comments, instead of trying to
hack pg_description directly.  Documentation and regression tests added.

Christopher Kings-Lynne, code reviewed by Tom
2003-11-21 22:32:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
fa5c8a055a Cross-data-type comparisons are now indexable by btrees, pursuant to my
pghackers proposal of 8-Nov.  All the existing cross-type comparison
operators (int2/int4/int8 and float4/float8) have appropriate support.
The original proposal of storing the right-hand-side datatype as part of
the primary key for pg_amop and pg_amproc got modified a bit in the event;
it is easier to store zero as the 'default' case and only store a nonzero
when the operator is actually cross-type.  Along the way, remove the
long-since-defunct bigbox_ops operator class.
2003-11-12 21:15:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
c1d62bfd00 Add operator strategy and comparison-value datatype fields to ScanKey.
Remove the 'strategy map' code, which was a large amount of mechanism
that no longer had any use except reverse-mapping from procedure OID to
strategy number.  Passing the strategy number to the index AM in the
first place is simpler and faster.
This is a preliminary step in planned support for cross-datatype index
operations.  I'm committing it now since the ScanKeyEntryInitialize()
API change touches quite a lot of files, and I want to commit those
changes before the tree drifts under me.
2003-11-09 21:30:38 +00:00
Tom Lane
f016c92ea4 Fix some corner cases in ACL manipulation: don't foul up on an empty
ACL array, and force languages to be treated as owned by the bootstrap
user ID.  (pg_language should have a lanowner column, but until it does
this will have to do as a workaround.)
2003-10-29 22:20:54 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
9d77708d83 Cleanup on --help-config: Now called --describe-config, no further options,
machine readable, without headers, not sorted.  Parameter descriptions
adjusted to fit first sentence + rest convention.
2003-10-18 22:59:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
b833c3d4a4 Fix pg_get_constraintdef() to ensure CHECK constraints are always shown
with required outer parentheses.  Breakage seems to be leftover from
domain-constraint patches.  This could be smarter about suppressing
extra parens, but at this stage of the release cycle I want certainty
not cuteness.
2003-10-04 18:22:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
55d85f42a8 Repair RI trigger visibility problems (this time for sure ;-)) per recent
discussion on pgsql-hackers: in READ COMMITTED mode we just have to force
a QuerySnapshot update in the trigger, but in SERIALIZABLE mode we have
to run the scan under a current snapshot and then complain if any rows
would be updated/deleted that are not visible in the transaction snapshot.
2003-10-01 21:30:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
c63a5452d8 Get rid of ReferentialIntegritySnapshotOverride by extending Executor API
to allow es_snapshot to be set to SnapshotNow rather than a query snapshot.
This solves a bug reported by Wade Klaver, wherein triggers fired as a
result of RI cascade updates could misbehave.
2003-09-25 18:58:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
a56a016ceb Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is
now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache
indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method.  This
leaves only shared system indexes as special cases.  Remove the 'index
deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared-
index case.  Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone
mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX.  -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes)
now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates.
It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS.  Upshot: reindexing system catalogs
can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except
shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 18:54:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
11c2f1900a Rename DoIt to changeVar, for clarity. 2003-09-01 04:15:51 +00:00
Tom Lane
d1031cdef2 Adjust date/time input parsing code to correctly distinguish the four
SQLSTATE error codes required by SQL99 (invalid format, datetime field
overflow, interval field overflow, invalid time zone displacement value).
Also emit a HINT about DateStyle in cases where it seems appropriate.
Per recent gripes.
2003-08-27 23:29:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
1de9615a58 Use separate SQLSTATE codes for file not found/file exists, rather than
lumping them into ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT/ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT.
This seems reasonable since 'object' was meant to refer to 'object in the
database' and a file is outside the database.  Per request from Dave
Cramer.
2003-08-26 21:15:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
80860c32d9 Improve dynahash.c's API so that caller can specify the comparison function
as well as the hash function (formerly the comparison function was hardwired
as memcmp()).  This makes it possible to eliminate the special-purpose
hashtable management code in execGrouping.c in favor of using dynahash to
manage tuple hashtables; which is a win because dynahash knows how to expand
a hashtable when the original size estimate was too small, whereas the
special-purpose code was too stupid to do that.  (See recent gripe from
Stephan Szabo about poor performance when hash table size estimate is way
off.)  Free side benefit: when using string_hash, the default comparison
function is now strncmp() instead of memcmp().  This should eliminate some
part of the overhead associated with larger NAMEDATALEN values.
2003-08-19 01:13:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
ec646dbc65 Create a 'type cache' that keeps track of the data needed for any particular
datatype by array_eq and array_cmp; use this to solve problems with memory
leaks in array indexing support.  The parser's equality_oper and ordering_oper
routines also use the cache.  Change the operator search algorithms to look
for appropriate btree or hash index opclasses, instead of assuming operators
named '<' or '=' have the right semantics.  (ORDER BY ASC/DESC now also look
at opclasses, instead of assuming '<' and '>' are the right things.)  Add
several more index opclasses so that there is no regression in functionality
for base datatypes.  initdb forced due to catalog additions.
2003-08-17 19:58:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
302f1a86dc Rewriter and planner should use only resno, not resname, to identify
target columns in INSERT and UPDATE targetlists.  Don't rely on resname
to be accurate in ruleutils, either.  This fixes bug reported by
Donald Fraser, in which renaming a column referenced in a rule did not
work very well.
2003-08-11 23:04:50 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
46785776c4 Another pgindent run with updated typedefs. 2003-08-08 21:42:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
630684d3a1 Improve documentation of ParseDateTime(). Reorder tests to prevent
writing one more value into return arrays than will fit.  This is
potentially a stack smash, though I do not think it is a problem in
current uses of the routine, since a failure return causes elog anyway.
2003-08-05 18:30:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
2f9c859ea1 Fix some copyright notices that weren't updated. Improve copyright tool
so it won't miss 'em again.
2003-08-04 23:59:41 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f3c3deb7d0 Update copyrights to 2003. 2003-08-04 02:40:20 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
089003fb46 pgindent run. 2003-08-04 00:43:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
c4cf7fb814 Adjust 'permission denied' messages to be more useful and consistent. 2003-08-01 00:15:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
1297126881 Fix mistaken error code assignments, per Peter's note 7/28/03. 2003-07-31 21:34:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
52347b6637 Add pretty-printing variants of pg_get_viewdef and related functions.
Patch from Andreas Pflug.
2003-07-30 22:56:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
2baf4efe09 Code review for recent GUC changes --- try to make it less obvious that
these things were added at different times by different people ;-).
Includes Aizaz Ahmed's patch to remove duplicate array in help_config.c.
2003-07-28 19:31:32 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1c241545e3 There was enough code drift since this patch, that a couple of bugs
materialized.

New items have been added to GucContext and GucSource enums, but of
course they were not added to the corresponding GucContextName[] and
GucSourceName[] arrays in the patch. Here's a new patch to fix the
resulting bugs.

Joe Conway
2003-07-28 16:22:16 +00:00
Tom Lane
b556e8200e elog mop-up: bring some straggling fprintf(stderr)'s into the elog world. 2003-07-27 21:49:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
2d7a6a9ef2 Move ERRCODE_XXX macros into their own header file. 2003-07-27 18:37:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
b6a1d25b0a Error message editing in utils/adt. Again thanks to Joe Conway for doing
the bulk of the heavy lifting ...
2003-07-27 04:53:12 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
38fb906f93 > Joe Conway <mail@joeconway.com> writes:
>>ISTM that "source" is worth knowing.
>
> Hm, possibly.  Any other opinions?

This version has the seven fields I proposed, including "source". Here's
an example that shows why I think it's valuable:

regression=# \x
Expanded display is on.
regression=# select * from pg_settings where name = 'enable_seqscan';
-[ RECORD 1 ]-----------
name    | enable_seqscan
setting | on
context | user
vartype | bool
source  | default
min_val |
max_val |

regression=# update pg_settings set setting = 'off' where name =
'enable_seqscan';
-[ RECORD 1 ]---
set_config | off

regression=# select * from pg_settings where name = 'enable_seqscan';
-[ RECORD 1 ]-----------
name    | enable_seqscan
setting | off
context | user
vartype | bool
source  | session
min_val |
max_val |

regression=# alter user postgres set enable_seqscan to 'off';
ALTER USER

(log out and then back in again)

regression=# \x
Expanded display is on.
regression=# select * from pg_settings where name = 'enable_seqscan';
-[ RECORD 1 ]-----------
name    | enable_seqscan
setting | off
context | user
vartype | bool
source  | user
min_val |
max_val |

In the first case, enable_seqscan is set to its default value. After
setting it to off, it is obvious that the value has been changed for the
session only. In the third case, you can see that the value has been set
specifically for the user.

Joe Conway
2003-07-27 04:35:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
689eb53e47 Error message editing in backend/utils (except /adt). 2003-07-25 20:18:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
cfa191f3b8 Error message editing in backend/storage. 2003-07-24 22:04:15 +00:00
Tom Lane
8fd5b3ed67 Error message editing in contrib (mostly by Joe Conway --- thanks Joe!) 2003-07-24 17:52:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
56f87688c4 Error message editing for foreign-key triggers. 2003-07-22 22:14:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
b05d3ae1ed Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop.
Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the
bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 19:00:12 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a4bfb055d4 Back out comment on GucContexts. 2003-07-21 21:02:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
ec7aa4b515 Error message editing in backend/access. 2003-07-21 20:29:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
5e6d691e0d Error message editing in backend/executor. 2003-07-21 17:05:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
d85286305d Error message editing in backend/catalog. 2003-07-21 01:59:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
da4ed8bfdd Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/. 2003-07-20 21:56:35 +00:00
Tom Lane
a56ff9a0bd Another round of error message editing, covering backend/parser/. 2003-07-19 20:20:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
216311d590 First bits of work on error message editing. 2003-07-18 23:20:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
157e17e20d Add an upper limit to IS_VALID_JULIAN() to defend against overflow in
date2j().  This ensures we give reasonable errors instead of bizarre
behavior for input dates far in the future.
2003-07-17 22:28:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
764f72dc82 Make EXTRACT(TIMEZONE) and SET/SHOW TIMEZONE follow the SQL convention
for the sign of timezone offsets, ie, positive is east from UTC.  These
were previously out of step with other operations that accept or show
timezones, such as I/O of timestamptz values.
2003-07-17 00:55:37 +00:00
Tom Lane
683f4d0a25 Remove duplicate definition of ERROR. 2003-07-14 23:36:15 +00:00
Tom Lane
b800196230 Fix typo in comment, as noted by Weiping He. 2003-07-14 20:34:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
8460000069 Whoops, missed committing this change to match cosmetic changes in
ascii.c.
2003-07-14 16:58:24 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
cbdda3e2a9 Add description for new GUC context.
Aizaz Ahmed
2003-07-09 17:57:47 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
bf889e649a Add new USERLIMIT GUC source level so certain options can be disabled
or increased only by super-users.

This fixes problems caused by making certain variables SUSET for
security reasons.
2003-07-09 06:47:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
b700a672fe Add --help-config facility to dump information about GUC parameters
without needing a running backend.  Reorder postgresql.conf.sample
to match new layout of runtime.sgml.  This commit re-adds work lost
in Wednesday's crash.
2003-07-04 16:41:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
79fafdf49c Some early work on error message editing. Operator-not-found and
function-not-found messages now distinguish the cases no-match and
ambiguous-match, and they follow the style guidelines too.
2003-07-04 02:51:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
e3b1b6c0cd Aggregates can be polymorphic, using polymorphic implementation functions.
It also works to create a non-polymorphic aggregate from polymorphic
functions, should you want to do that.  Regression test added, docs still
lacking.  By Joe Conway, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2003-07-01 19:10:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
219e29784d Add GUC option log_error_verbosity to control which fields of error
reports get put into the postmaster log.  Options are TERSE, DEFAULT,
VERBOSE, with the same behavior as implemented on the client side in
libpq.
2003-06-30 16:47:02 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
b256f24264 First batch of object rename commands. 2003-06-27 14:45:32 +00:00
Tom Lane
b3c0551eda Create real array comparison functions (that use the element datatype's
comparison functions), replacing the highly bogus bitwise array_eq.  Create
a btree index opclass for ANYARRAY --- it is now possible to create indexes
on array columns.
Arrange to cache the results of catalog lookups across multiple array
operations, instead of repeating the lookups on every call.
Add string_to_array and array_to_string functions.
Remove singleton_array, array_accum, array_assign, and array_subscript
functions, since these were for proof-of-concept and not intended to become
supported functions.
Minor adjustments to behavior in some corner cases with empty or
zero-dimensional arrays.

Joe Conway (with some editorializing by Tom Lane).
2003-06-27 00:33:26 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
111d8e522b Back out array mega-patch.
Joe Conway
2003-06-25 21:30:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
ca64391d6c Updated the pg_get_constraintdef() to use conbin. Update pg_dump to use
pg_get_constraintdef() for >= 70400.

Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-06-25 03:56:31 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
46bf651480 Array mega-patch.
Joe Conway
2003-06-24 23:14:49 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
945543d919 Add ipv6 address parsing support to 'inet' and 'cidr' data types.
Regression tests for IPv6 operations added.

        Documentation updated to document IPv6 bits.

        Stop treating IPv4 as an "unsigned int" and IPv6 as an array of
        characters.  Instead, always use the array of characters so we
        can have one function fits all.  This makes bitncmp(), addressOK(),
        and several other functions "just work" on both address families.

        add family() function which returns integer 4 or 6 for IPv4 or
        IPv6.  (See examples below)  Note that to add this new function
        you will need to dump/initdb/reload or find the correct magic
        to add the function to the postgresql function catalogs.

        IPv4 addresses always sort before IPv6.

        On disk we use AF_INET for IPv4, and AF_INET+1 for IPv6 addresses.
        This prevents the need for a dump and reload, but lets IPv6 parsing
        work on machines without AF_INET6.

        To select all IPv4 addresses from a table:

                select * from foo where family(addr) = 4 ...

        Order by and other bits should all work.

Michael Graff
2003-06-24 22:21:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
bff0422b6c Revise hash join and hash aggregation code to use the same datatype-
specific hash functions used by hash indexes, rather than the old
not-datatype-aware ComputeHashFunc routine.  This makes it safe to do
hash joining on several datatypes that previously couldn't use hashing.
The sets of datatypes that are hash indexable and hash joinable are now
exactly the same, whereas before each had some that weren't in the other.
2003-06-22 22:04:55 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
acd1536d9f Up to now, SerializableSnapshot and QuerySnapshot are malloc'ed and
free'd for every transaction or statement, respectively.  This patch
puts these data structures into static memory, thus saving a few CPU
cycles and two malloc calls per transaction or (in isolation level
READ COMMITTED) per query.

Manfred Koizar
2003-06-12 01:42:21 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b952d61c54 Add log_min_duration_statement.
Christopher Kings-Lynne
2003-06-11 18:01:14 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
8a2922dcb2 Represent grant options in the information schema. 2003-06-11 09:23:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
fc8d970cbc Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column
of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable.
Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable
functions, no sub-selects).  This fixes problems recently introduced with
inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to
both expression trees so the planner can still match them up.  Along the
way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and
index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight
that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 16:04:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
98b6f37e47 Make debug_ GUC varables output DEBUG1 rather than LOG, and mention in
docs that CLIENT/LOG_MIN_MESSAGES now controls debug_* output location.
Doc changes included.
2003-05-27 17:49:47 +00:00
Tom Lane
f45df8c014 Cause CHAR(n) to TEXT or VARCHAR conversion to automatically strip trailing
blanks, in hopes of reducing the surprise factor for newbies.  Remove
redundant operators for VARCHAR (it depends wholly on TEXT operations now).
Clean up resolution of ambiguous operators/functions to avoid surprising
choices for domains: domains are treated as equivalent to their base types
and binary-coercibility is no longer considered a preference item when
choosing among multiple operators/functions.  IsBinaryCoercible now correctly
reflects the notion that you need *only* relabel the type to get from type
A to type B: that is, a domain is binary-coercible to its base type, but
not vice versa.  Various marginal cleanup, including merging the essentially
duplicate resolution code in parse_func.c and parse_oper.c.  Improve opr_sanity
regression test to understand about binary compatibility (using pg_cast),
and fix a couple of small errors in the catalogs revealed thereby.
Restructure "special operator" handling to fetch operators via index opclasses
rather than hardwiring assumptions about names (cleans up the pattern_ops
stuff a little).
2003-05-26 00:11:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
11d5c82002 Improve implementation of btrim/ltrim/rtrim: provide a special case for
single-byte encodings, and a direct C implementation of the single-argument
forms (where spaces are always what gets trimmed).  This is in preparation
for using rtrim1() as the bpchar-to-text cast operator, but is a useful
performance improvement even if we decide not to do that.
2003-05-23 22:33:23 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
6fabec242d Fix compilation on Cygwin. 2003-05-22 17:20:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
6d7ff848e5 Add code to test for unknown timezone names (following some ideas from
Ross Reedstrom, a couple months back) and to detect timezones that are
using leap-second timekeeping.  The unknown-zone-name test is pretty
heuristic and ugly, but it seems better than the old behavior of just
switching to GMT given a bad name.  Also make DecodePosixTimezone() a
tad more robust.
2003-05-18 01:06:26 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
12c9423832 Allow Win32 to compile under MinGW. Major changes are:
Win32 port is now called 'win32' rather than 'win'
        add -lwsock32 on Win32
        make gethostname() be only used when kerberos4 is enabled
        use /port/getopt.c
        new /port/opendir.c routines
        disable GUC unix_socket_group on Win32
        convert some keywords.c symbols to KEYWORD_P to prevent conflict
        create new FCNTL_NONBLOCK macro to turn off socket blocking
        create new /include/port.h file that has /port prototypes, move
          out of c.h
        new /include/port/win32_include dir to hold missing include files
        work around ERROR being defined in Win32 includes
2003-05-15 16:35:30 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
2c0556068f Indexing support for pattern matching operations via separate operator
class when lc_collate is not C.
2003-05-15 15:50:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
0249c24235 More binary I/O routines. 2003-05-13 18:03:08 +00:00
Tom Lane
30f609484d Add binary I/O routines for a bunch more datatypes. Still a few to go,
but that was enough tedium for one day.  Along the way, move the few
support routines for types xid and cid into a more logical place.
2003-05-12 23:08:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
b1ee615a7f COPY BINARY uses the new binary I/O routines. Update a few more datatypes
so that COPY BINARY regression test passes.
2003-05-09 21:19:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
0ac6298bb8 Implement new-protocol binary I/O support in DataRow, Bind, and FunctionCall
messages.  Binary I/O is now up and working, but only for a small set
of datatypes (integers, text, bytea).
2003-05-09 18:08:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
5ecd4e3f30 Binary send/receive routines for a few basic datatypes --- enough for
testing purposes.
2003-05-09 15:44:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
45d04099df Reinstate pg_type's typsend and typreceive columns. They don't do much
yet, but they're there.  Also some editorial work on CREATE TYPE reference
page.
2003-05-08 22:19:58 +00:00
Tom Lane
c0a8c3ac13 Update 3.0 protocol support to match recent agreements about how to
handle multiple 'formats' for data I/O.  Restructure CommandDest and
DestReceiver stuff one more time (it's finally starting to look a bit
clean though).  Code now matches latest 3.0 protocol document as far
as message formats go --- but there is no support for binary I/O yet.
2003-05-08 18:16:37 +00:00
Tom Lane
79913910d4 Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around
DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values.  The DestReceiver
is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than
deep inside the executor.  This cleans up the original kluge implementation
of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results
from utility statements inside portals.  Thus, you can now do fun things
like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work
as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count
parameter to suspend the output partway through).  Implementation involves
stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be
kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable
for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 20:26:28 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
36fa297497 SECOND ATTEMPT
Dump/read non-default GUC values for use by exec'ed backend, for Win32.
2003-05-02 22:02:47 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9f0d69f527 Back out second part of patch. 2003-05-02 22:01:51 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a2e038fbee Back out last commit --- wrong patch. 2003-05-02 21:59:31 +00:00
Tom Lane
de28dc9a04 Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol.
Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed
within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the
load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries).  Restructure
code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c,
so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries.
initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 20:54:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
4a5f38c4e6 Code review for holdable-cursors patch. Fix error recovery, memory
context sloppiness, some other things.  Includes Neil's mopup patch
of 22-Apr.
2003-04-29 03:21:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
9cbaf72177 In the continuing saga of FE/BE protocol revisions, add reporting of
initial values and runtime changes in selected parameters.  This gets
rid of the need for an initial 'select pg_client_encoding()' query in
libpq, bringing us back to one message transmitted in each direction
for a standard connection startup.  To allow server version to be sent
using the same GUC mechanism that handles other parameters, invent the
concept of a never-settable GUC parameter: you can 'show server_version'
but it's not settable by any GUC input source.  Create 'lc_collate' and
'lc_ctype' never-settable parameters so that people can find out these
settings without need for pg_controldata.  (These side ideas were all
discussed some time ago in pgsql-hackers, but not yet implemented.)
2003-04-25 19:45:10 +00:00
Tom Lane
f690920a75 Infrastructure for upgraded error reporting mechanism. elog.c is
rewritten and the protocol is changed, but most elog calls are still
elog calls.  Also, we need to contemplate mechanisms for controlling
all this functionality --- eg, how much stuff should appear in the
postmaster log?  And what API should libpq expose for it?
2003-04-24 21:16:45 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4d4953fc41 Make Win32 tests to match existing Cygwin tests, where appropriate. 2003-04-18 01:03:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
730840c9b6 First phase of work on array improvements. ARRAY[x,y,z] constructor
expressions, ARRAY(sub-SELECT) expressions, some array functions.
Polymorphic functions using ANYARRAY/ANYELEMENT argument and return
types.  Some regression tests in place, documentation is lacking.
Joe Conway, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2003-04-08 23:20:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
d685417fbb Avoid repeated computation of the constants date2j(1970, 1, 1) and
date2j(2000, 1, 1).  Should make for some marginal speed improvement
in date/time operations.
2003-04-04 04:50:44 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
54f7338fa1 This patch implements holdable cursors, following the proposal
(materialization into a tuple store) discussed on pgsql-hackers earlier.
I've updated the documentation and the regression tests.

Notes on the implementation:

- I needed to change the tuple store API slightly -- it assumes that it
won't be used to hold data across transaction boundaries, so the temp
files that it uses for on-disk storage are automatically reclaimed at
end-of-transaction. I added a flag to tuplestore_begin_heap() to control
this behavior. Is changing the tuple store API in this fashion OK?

- in order to store executor results in a tuple store, I added a new
CommandDest. This works well for the most part, with one exception: the
current DestFunction API doesn't provide enough information to allow the
Executor to store results into an arbitrary tuple store (where the
particular tuple store to use is chosen by the call site of
ExecutorRun). To workaround this, I've temporarily hacked up a solution
that works, but is not ideal: since the receiveTuple DestFunction is
passed the portal name, we can use that to lookup the Portal data
structure for the cursor and then use that to get at the tuple store the
Portal is using. This unnecessarily ties the Portal code with the
tupleReceiver code, but it works...

The proper fix for this is probably to change the DestFunction API --
Tom suggested passing the full QueryDesc to the receiveTuple function.
In that case, callers of ExecutorRun could "subclass" QueryDesc to add
any additional fields that their particular CommandDest needed to get
access to. This approach would work, but I'd like to think about it for
a little bit longer before deciding which route to go. In the mean time,
the code works fine, so I don't think a fix is urgent.

- (semi-related) I added a NO SCROLL keyword to DECLARE CURSOR, and
adjusted the behavior of SCROLL in accordance with the discussion on
-hackers.

- (unrelated) Cleaned up some SGML markup in sql.sgml, copy.sgml

Neil Conway
2003-03-27 16:51:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
e43094b124 Fix compile warning. 2003-03-21 23:18:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
d72f6c7503 Reimplement NUMERIC datatype using base-10000 arithmetic; also improve
some of the algorithms for higher functions.  I see about a factor of ten
speedup on the 'numeric' regression test, but it's unlikely that that test
is representative of real-world applications.
initdb forced due to change of on-disk representation for NUMERIC.
2003-03-21 01:58:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
3be6367b9f This patch creates a function named pg_get_triggerdef that takes the oid of
a trigger as its parameter.  It is basically copied from the pg_dump
code.

Christopher Kings-Lynne
2003-03-20 18:58:02 +00:00
Tom Lane
6261c75014 Implement SQL92-compatible FIRST, LAST, ABSOLUTE n, RELATIVE n options
for FETCH and MOVE.
2003-03-11 19:40:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
aa83bc04e0 Restructure parsetree representation of DECLARE CURSOR: now it's a
utility statement (DeclareCursorStmt) with a SELECT query dangling from
it, rather than a SELECT query with a few unusual fields in it.  Add
code to determine whether a planned query can safely be run backwards.
If DECLARE CURSOR specifies SCROLL, ensure that the plan can be run
backwards by adding a Materialize plan node if it can't.  Without SCROLL,
you get an error if you try to fetch backwards from a cursor that can't
handle it.  (There is still some discussion about what the exact
behavior should be, but this is necessary infrastructure in any case.)
Along the way, make EXPLAIN DECLARE CURSOR work.
2003-03-10 03:53:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
dd04e958c8 tuplestore_donestoring() isn't needed anymore, but provide a no-op
macro definition so as not to create compatibility problems.
2003-03-09 03:34:10 +00:00
Tom Lane
aa60eecc37 Revise tuplestore and nodeMaterial so that we don't have to read the
entire contents of the subplan into the tuplestore before we can return
any tuples.  Instead, the tuplestore holds what we've already read, and
we fetch additional rows from the subplan as needed.  Random access to
the previously-read rows works with the tuplestore, and doesn't affect
the state of the partially-read subplan.  This is a step towards fixing
the problems with cursors over complex queries --- we don't want to
stick in Materialize nodes if they'll prevent quick startup for a cursor.
2003-03-09 02:19:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
61b22d3aab btree page recycling can be done as soon as page's next-xact label is
older than current Xmin; we don't have to wait till it's older than
GlobalXmin.
2003-02-23 23:20:52 +00:00
Tom Lane
4df0f1d26f Fix timestamptz_in so that parsing of 'now'::timestamptz gives right
answer when SET TIMEZONE has been done since the start of the current
transaction.  Per bug report from Robert Haas.
I plan some futher cleanup in HEAD, but this is a low-risk patch for
the immediate issue in 7.3.
2003-02-20 05:24:55 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a286f73210 The following patches eliminate the overflows in the j2date() and date2j()
functions which limited the maximum date for a timestamp to AD 1465001.
The new limit is AD 5874897.
The files affected are:

doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml:
    Documentation change due to patch. Included is a notice about
    the reduced range when using an eight-byte integer for timestamps.

src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c:
    Replacement functions for j2date() and date2j() functions.

src/include/utils/datetime.h:
    Corrected a bug with the limit on the earliest possible date,
    Nov 23,-4713 has a Julian day count of -1. The earliest possible
    date should be Nov 24, -4713 with a day count of 0.

src/test/regress/expected/horology-no-DST-before-1970.out:
src/test/regress/expected/horology-solaris-1947.out:
src/test/regress/expected/horology.out:
    Copies of expected output for regression testing.
    Note: Only horology.out has been physically tested. I do not have access
    to a Solaris box and I don't know how to provoke the "pre-1970" test.

src/test/regress/sql/horology.sql:
    Added some test cases to check extended range.

John Cochran
2003-02-19 03:48:11 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6cb1f4fe44 The "random" regression test uses a function called oidrand(), which
takes two parameters, an OID x and an integer y, and returns "true" with
probability 1/y (the OID argument is ignored). This can be useful -- for
example, it can be used to select a random sampling of the rows in a
table (which is what the "random" regression test uses it for).

This patch removes that function, because it was old and messy. The old
function had the following problems:

- it was undocumented

- it was poorly named

- it was designed to workaround an optimizer bug that no longer exists
(the OID argument is to ensure that the optimizer won't optimize away
calls to the function; AFAIK marking the function as 'volatile' suffices
nowadays)

- it used a different random-number generation technique than the other
PSRNG-related functions in the backend do (it called random() like they
do, but it had its own logic for setting a set and deciding when to
reseed the RNG).

Ok, this patch removes oidrand(), oidsrand(), and userfntest(), and
improves the SGML docs a little bit (un-commenting the setseed()
documentation).

Neil Conway
2003-02-13 05:24:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
77ede8900d Create a GUC variable REGEX_FLAVOR to control the type of regular
expression accepted by the regex operators, per discussion yesterday.

Along the way, reduce deadlock_timeout from PGC_POSTMASTER to PGC_SIGHUP
category.  It is probably best to insist that all backends share the same
setting, but that doesn't mean it has to be frozen at startup.
2003-02-06 20:25:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
3752e85bad Determine the set of constraints applied to a domain at executor
startup, not in the parser; this allows ALTER DOMAIN to work correctly
with domain constraint operations stored in rules.  Rod Taylor;
code review by Tom Lane.
2003-02-03 21:15:45 +00:00
Tom Lane
23b8a0ce61 Repair array subscript overrun identified by Yichen Xie. Reduce the
value of MAX_TIME_PRECISION in floating-point-timestamp-storage case
from 13 to 10, which is as much as time_out is actually willing to print.
(The alternative of increasing the number of digits we are willing to
print looks risky; we might find ourselves printing roundoff garbage.)
2003-01-29 01:08:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
2e46b762eb Extend join-selectivity API (oprjoin interface) so that join type is
passed to join selectivity estimators.  Make use of this in eqjoinsel
to derive non-bogus selectivity for IN clauses.  Further tweaking of
cost estimation for IN.
initdb forced because of pg_proc.h changes.
2003-01-28 22:13:41 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
ef7422510e Grant options, and cascading revoke. Grant options are allowed only for
users right now, not groups.  Extension of has_foo_privileges functions to
query the grant options.  Extension of aclitem type to store grantor.
2003-01-23 23:39:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
bdfbfde1b1 IN clauses appearing at top level of WHERE can now be handled as joins.
There are two implementation techniques: the executor understands a new
JOIN_IN jointype, which emits at most one matching row per left-hand row,
or the result of the IN's sub-select can be fed through a DISTINCT filter
and then joined as an ordinary relation.
Along the way, some minor code cleanup in the optimizer; notably, break
out most of the jointree-rearrangement preprocessing in planner.c and
put it in a new file prep/prepjointree.c.
2003-01-20 18:55:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
cb23b8415b Repair an embarrassingly large number of alphabetization mistakes in the
datetime token tables.  Even more embarrassing, the regression tests
revealed some of the problems --- but evidently the bogus output wasn't
questioned.  Add code to postmaster startup to directly check the tables
for correct ordering, in hopes of not being embarrassed like this again.
2003-01-16 00:26:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
de97072e3c Allow merge and hash joins to occur on arbitrary expressions (anything not
containing a volatile function), rather than only on 'Var = Var' clauses
as before.  This makes it practical to do flatten_join_alias_vars at the
start of planning, which in turn eliminates a bunch of klugery inside the
planner to deal with alias vars.  As a free side effect, we now detect
implied equality of non-Var expressions; for example in
	SELECT ... WHERE a.x = b.y and b.y = 42
we will deduce a.x = 42 and use that as a restriction qual on a.  Also,
we can remove the restriction introduced 12/5/02 to prevent pullup of
subqueries whose targetlists contain sublinks.
Still TODO: make statistical estimation routines in selfuncs.c and costsize.c
smarter about expressions that are more complex than plain Vars.  The need
for this is considerably greater now that we have to be able to estimate
the suitability of merge and hash join techniques on such expressions.
2003-01-15 19:35:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
83b06823f6 Move new typedef AclId into c.h, so as to avoid cluttering namespace
by having to include miscadmin.h into other header files.
2003-01-09 18:00:24 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0481f3f461 Remove bit.c/h routines. Not used anymore. 2003-01-09 01:23:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
699782b695 Adjust Tcl-related code to compile cleanly with Tcl 8.4 (add const modifiers as
needed).  Some desultory const-ification of SPI interface to support this.
2002-12-30 22:10:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
88177f77b1 Code review for palloc0 patch --- avoid dangerous and unnecessary
practice of evaluating MemSet's arguments multiple times, except for
the special case of newNode(), where we can assume the argument is
a constant sizeof() operator.
Also, add GetMemoryChunkContext() to mcxt.c's API, in preparation for
fixing recent GEQO breakage.
2002-12-16 16:22:46 +00:00
Tom Lane
e64c7feb2f Tweak default memory context allocation policy so that a context is not
given any malloc block until something is first allocated in it; but
thereafter, MemoryContextReset won't release that first malloc block.
This preserves the quick-reset property of the original policy, without
forcing 8K to be allocated to every context whether any of it is ever
used or not.  Also, remove some more no-longer-needed explicit freeing
during ExecEndPlan.
2002-12-15 21:01:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
3a4f7dde16 Phase 3 of read-only-plans project: ExecInitExpr now builds expression
execution state trees, and ExecEvalExpr takes an expression state tree
not an expression plan tree.  The plan tree is now read-only as far as
the executor is concerned.  Next step is to begin actually exploiting
this property.
2002-12-13 19:46:01 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e87e82d2b7 Attached are two small patches to expose md5 as a user function -- including
documentation and regression test mods. It seemed small and unobtrusive enough
to not require a specific proposal on the hackers list -- but if not, let me
know and I'll make a pitch. Otherwise, if there are no objections please apply.

Joe Conway
2002-12-06 05:20:28 +00:00
Tom Lane
1fd0c59e25 Phase 1 of read-only-plans project: cause executor state nodes to point
to plan nodes, not vice-versa.  All executor state nodes now inherit from
struct PlanState.  Copying of plan trees has been simplified by not
storing a list of SubPlans in Plan nodes (eliminating duplicate links).
The executor still needs such a list, but it can build it during
ExecutorStart since it has to scan the plan tree anyway.
No initdb forced since no stored-on-disk structures changed, but you
will need a full recompile because of node-numbering changes.
2002-12-05 15:50:39 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7816c7cb94 More cleanup of userid to be AclId rather than Oid. 2002-12-05 04:04:51 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
93902e9521 Make usesysid consistently int4, not oid.
Catalog patch from Alvaro Herrera for same.

catversion updated. initdb required.
2002-12-04 05:18:38 +00:00
Tom Lane
8e3a87fbd4 Teach planner to expand sufficiently simple SQL-language functions
('SELECT expression') inline, like macros, during the constant-folding
phase of planning.  The actual expansion is not difficult, but checking
that we're not changing the semantics of the call turns out to be more
subtle than one might think; in particular must pay attention to
permissions issues, strictness, and volatility.
2002-12-01 21:05:14 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1b7f3cc02d This patch implements FOR EACH STATEMENT triggers, per my email to
-hackers a couple days ago.

Notes/caveats:

        - added regression tests for the new functionality, all
          regression tests pass on my machine

        - added pg_dump support

        - updated PL/PgSQL to support per-statement triggers; didn't
          look at the other procedural languages.

        - there's (even) more code duplication in trigger.c than there
          was previously. Any suggestions on how to refactor the
          ExecXXXTriggers() functions to reuse more code would be
          welcome -- I took a brief look at it, but couldn't see an
          easy way to do it (there are several subtly-different
          versions of the code in question)

        - updated the documentation. I also took the liberty of
          removing a big chunk of duplicated syntax documentation in
          the Programmer's Guide on triggers, and moving that
          information to the CREATE TRIGGER reference page.

        - I also included some spelling fixes and similar small
          cleanups I noticed while making the changes. If you'd like
          me to split those into a separate patch, let me know.

Neil Conway
2002-11-23 03:59:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
b60be3f2f8 Add an at-least-marginally-plausible method of estimating the number
of groups produced by GROUP BY.  This improves the accuracy of planning
estimates for grouped subselects, and is needed to check whether a
hashed aggregation plan risks memory overflow.
2002-11-19 23:22:00 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d36aa2e885 Rename:
! #show_parser_stats = false
! #show_planner_stats = false
! #show_executor_stats = false
! #show_statement_stats = false

TO:

! #log_parser_stats = false
! #log_planner_stats = false
! #log_executor_stats = false
! #log_statement_stats = false
2002-11-15 00:47:22 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
001d5a7aa5 Rename server_min_messages to log_min_messages. Part of consolidation
of log_ settings.
2002-11-14 23:53:27 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
aaa3a0caa6 Split MemSet into three parts to constant comparisons can be optimized
away by the compiler;  used by palloc0.
2002-11-13 00:37:06 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
78822b328c Add palloc0 function to inline MemSet for newNode call. 2002-11-10 02:17:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
d2c744aa56 Add extra_float_digits GUC parameter to allow adjustment of displayed
precision for float4, float8, and geometric types.  Set it in pg_dump
so that float data can be dumped/reloaded exactly (at least on platforms
where the float I/O support is properly implemented).  Initial patch by
Pedro Ferreira, some additional work by Tom Lane.
2002-11-08 17:37:52 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
fef731d1c4 The "Allow easy display of usernames in a group (pg_hba.conf uses groups
now)" item on the open items, and subsequent plpgsql function I sent in,
made me realize it was too hard to get the upper and lower bound of an
array. The attached creates two functions that I think will be very
useful when combined with the ability of plpgsql to return sets.

array_lower(array, dim_num)
- and -
array_upper(array, dim_num)

They return the value (as an int) of the upper and lower bound of the
requested dim in the provided array.

Joe Conway
2002-11-08 17:27:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
5123139210 Remove encoding lookups from grammar stage, push them back to places
where it's safe to do database access.  Along the way, fix core dump
for 'DEFAULT' parameters to CREATE DATABASE.  initdb forced due to
change in pg_proc entry.
2002-11-02 18:41:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
6a7273e14c Fix permissions-checking bugs and namespace-search-path bugs in
CONVERSION code.  Still need to figure out what to do about inappropriate
coding in parsing.
2002-11-02 02:33:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
ba963c651b Remove #warning directive, which is nonstandard and isn't really
buying us anything to make it worth the porting risk.  Per discussion
quite some time ago.
2002-10-25 22:08:44 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
de9d7f4bd5 Add DLLIMPORT declarations needed by contrib modules. 2002-10-21 18:57:35 +00:00
Tom Lane
c0f7dcdac1 Fix range-query estimation to not double-exclude NULLs, per gripe from
Ray Ontko 28-June-02.  Also, fix prefix_selectivity for NAME lefthand
variables (it was bogusly assuming binary compatibility), and adjust
make_greater_string() to not call pg_mbcliplen() with invalid multibyte
data (this last per bug report that I can't find at the moment, but it
was in July '02).
2002-10-19 02:56:16 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
bab3d29fba This patch adds some missing functions for float8 math operations,
specifically ceil(), floor(), and sign(). There may be other functions
that need to be added, but this is a start. I've included some simple
regression tests.

Neil Conway
2002-10-19 02:08:19 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
2177b6b635 Oops, back out newNode changes. We are not ready for that yet. 2002-10-11 04:16:44 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6a7bb0afbc Prevent tv_sec from becoming negative in connection timeout code. 2002-10-11 04:12:14 +00:00
Tom Lane
b813d143ae Alter scale selection for NUMERIC division and transcendental functions
so that precision of result is always at least as good as you'd get from
float8 arithmetic (ie, always at least 16 digits of accuracy).  Per
pg_hackers discussion a few days ago.
2002-10-02 19:21:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
9946b83ded Bring SIMILAR TO and SUBSTRING into some semblance of conformance with
the SQL99 standard.  (I'm not sure that the character-class features are
quite right, but that can be fixed later.)  Document SQL99 and POSIX
regexps as being different features; provide variants of SUBSTRING for
each.
2002-09-22 17:27:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
da395b56cd Tweak heap.c to refuse attempts to create table columns of standalone
composite types.  Add a couple more lsyscache.c routines to support this,
and make use of them in some other places that were doing lookups the
hard way.
2002-09-19 23:40:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
4a0c3a6142 Department of second thoughts: suppressing implicit casts everywhere in
ruleutils display is not such a great idea.  For arguments of functions
and operators I think we'd better keep the historical behavior of showing
such casts explicitly, to ensure that the function/operator is reparsed
the same way when the rule is reloaded.  This also makes the output of
EXPLAIN less obscurantist about exactly what's happening.
2002-09-19 22:48:34 +00:00
Tom Lane
b26dfb9522 Extend pg_cast castimplicit column to a three-way value; this allows us
to be flexible about assignment casts without introducing ambiguity in
operator/function resolution.  Introduce a well-defined promotion hierarchy
for numeric datatypes (int2->int4->int8->numeric->float4->float8).
Change make_const to initially label numeric literals as int4, int8, or
numeric (never float8 anymore).
Explicitly mark Func and RelabelType nodes to indicate whether they came
from a function call, explicit cast, or implicit cast; use this to do
reverse-listing more accurately and without so many heuristics.
Explicit casts to char, varchar, bit, varbit will truncate or pad without
raising an error (the pre-7.2 behavior), while assigning to a column without
any explicit cast will still raise an error for wrong-length data like 7.3.
This more nearly follows the SQL spec than 7.2 behavior (we should be
reporting a 'completion condition' in the explicit-cast cases, but we have
no mechanism for that, so just do silent truncation).
Fix some problems with enforcement of typmod for array elements;
it didn't work at all in 'UPDATE ... SET array[n] = foo', for example.
Provide a generalized array_length_coerce() function to replace the
specialized per-array-type functions that used to be needed (and were
missing for NUMERIC as well as all the datetime types).
Add missing conversions int8<->float4, text<->numeric, oid<->int8.
initdb forced.
2002-09-18 21:35:25 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e50f52a074 pgindent run. 2002-09-04 20:31:48 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
77f7763b55 Remove all traces of multibyte and locale options. Clean up comments
referring to "multibyte" where it really means character encoding.
2002-09-03 21:45:44 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
595a5a78e0 > Okay. When you get back to the original issue, the gold is hidden in
> src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c; see the "special indexable
> operators" stuff near the bottom of that file.  (It's a bit of a crock
> that this code is hardwired there, and not somehow accessed through a
> system catalog, but it's what we've got at the moment.)

The attached patch re-enables a bytea right hand argument (as compared
to a text right hand argument), and enables index usage, for bytea LIKE

Joe Conway
2002-09-02 06:22:20 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9fd842c4b2 Add GUC variable to print original query to the server logs when there
is an error, warning, etc.

Gavin Sherry
2002-09-02 05:42:54 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
548d646e65 Add log_duration to GUC/postgresql.conf.
Rename debug_print_query to log_statement and rename show_query_stats to
show_statement_stats.
2002-09-01 23:26:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
3c49c4b152 Mark the float8 -> int8 cast as implicit. This resolves the problem
pointed out by Barry Lind: UPDATE bigintcol = 10000000000 fails because
the constant is initially taken as float8.  We really need a better way,
but it's not gonna happen for 7.3.

Also, remove int4reltime() function, which is redundant with the
existing binary-compatibility coercion path from int4 to reltime,
and probably has been unreachable code for a long while.
2002-09-01 00:58:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
845a6c3acc Code review for domain-constraints patch. Use a new ConstraintTest node
type for runtime constraint checks, instead of misusing the parse-time
Constraint node for the purpose.  Fix some damage introduced into type
coercion logic; in particular ensure that a coerced expression tree will
read out the correct result type when inspected (patch had broken some
RelabelType cases).  Enforce domain NOT NULL constraints against columns
that are omitted from an INSERT.
2002-08-31 22:10:48 +00:00
Tatsuo Ishii
ed7baeaf4d Remove #ifdef MULTIBYTE per hackers list discussion. 2002-08-29 07:22:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
64505ed58b Code review for standalone composite types, query-specified composite
types, SRFs.  Not happy with memory management yet, but I'll commit these
other changes.
2002-08-29 00:17:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
5cabcfccce Modify array operations to include array's element type OID in the
array header, and to compute sizing and alignment of array elements
the same way normal tuple access operations do --- viz, using the
tupmacs.h macros att_addlength and att_align.  This makes the world
safe for arrays of cstrings or intervals, and should make it much
easier to write array-type-polymorphic functions; as examples see
the cleanups of array_out and contrib/array_iterator.  By Joe Conway
and Tom Lane.
2002-08-26 17:54:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
89260124db Add:
replace(string, from, to)
   -- replaces all occurrences of "from" in "string" to "to"
split(string, fldsep, column)
   -- splits "string" on "fldsep" and returns "column" number piece
to_hex(int32_num) & to_hex(int64_num)
   -- takes integer number and returns as hex string

Joe Conway
2002-08-22 03:24:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
b663f3443b Add a bunch of pseudo-types to replace the behavior formerly associated
with OPAQUE, as per recent pghackers discussion.  I still want to do some
more work on the 'cstring' pseudo-type, but I'm going to commit the bulk
of the changes now before the tree starts shifting under me ...
2002-08-22 00:01:51 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
de9801fc62 Add current_database().
> Quick system function to pull out the current database.
>
> I've used this a number of times to allow stored procedures to find out
> where they are.  Especially useful for those that do logging or hit a
> remote server.
>
> It's called current_database() to match with current_user().

It's also a necessity for an informational schema.  The catalog
(database) name is required in a number of places.

Rod Taylor
2002-08-20 04:46:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
a208ea72bc Modify pg_dump to dump foreign-key constraints as constraints, not as
sets of triggers.  Also modify psql \d command to show foreign key
constraints as such and hide the triggers.  pg_get_constraintdef()
function added to backend to support these.  From Rod Taylor, code
review and some editorialization by Tom Lane.
2002-08-16 23:01:21 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
45e2544584 As discussed on several occasions previously, the new anonymous
composite type capability makes it possible to create a system view
based on a table function in a way that is hopefully palatable to
everyone. The attached patch takes advantage of this, moving
show_all_settings() from contrib/tablefunc into the backend (renamed
all_settings(). It is defined as a builtin returning type RECORD. During
initdb a system view is created to expose the same information presently
available through SHOW ALL. For example:

test=# select * from pg_settings where name like '%debug%';
          name          | setting
-----------------------+---------
  debug_assertions      | on
  debug_pretty_print    | off
  debug_print_parse     | off
  debug_print_plan      | off
  debug_print_query     | off
  debug_print_rewritten | off
  wal_debug             | 0
(7 rows)


Additionally during initdb two rules are created which make it possible
to change settings by updating the system view -- a "virtual table" as
Tom put it. Here's an example:

Joe Conway
2002-08-15 02:51:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
77a7e9968b Change memory-space accounting mechanism in tuplesort.c and tuplestore.c
to make a reasonable attempt at accounting for palloc overhead, not just
the requested size of each memory chunk.  Since in many scenarios this
will make for a significant reduction in the amount of space acquired,
partially compensate by doubling the default value of SORT_MEM to 1Mb.
Per discussion in pgsql-general around 9-Jun-2002..
2002-08-12 00:36:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
e44beef712 Code review of CLUSTER patch. Clean up problems with relcache getting
confused, toasted data getting lost, etc.
2002-08-11 21:17:35 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
8db20b4a5d Remove error files. 2002-08-10 20:49:37 +00:00
Tom Lane
4ab8e69094 has_table_privilege spawns scions has_database_privilege, has_function_privilege,
has_language_privilege, has_schema_privilege to let SQL queries test
all the new privilege types in 7.3.  Also, add functions pg_table_is_visible,
pg_type_is_visible, pg_function_is_visible, pg_operator_is_visible,
pg_opclass_is_visible to test whether objects contained in schemas are
visible in the current search path.  Do some minor cleanup to centralize
accesses to pg_database, as well.
2002-08-09 16:45:16 +00:00
Tom Lane
b74f61aabe Move pg_convert3 declaration to suppress compile warning. Really
pg_convert3 does not belong in a backend/catalog file at all, IMHO;
it should be in utils/adt.
2002-08-06 14:11:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
5df307c778 Restructure local-buffer handling per recent pghackers discussion.
The local buffer manager is no longer used for newly-created relations
(unless they are TEMP); a new non-TEMP relation goes through the shared
bufmgr and thus will participate normally in checkpoints.  But TEMP relations
use the local buffer manager throughout their lifespan.  Also, operations
in TEMP relations are not logged in WAL, thus improving performance.
Since it's no longer necessary to fsync relations as they move out of the
local buffers into shared buffers, quite a lot of smgr.c/md.c/fd.c code
is no longer needed and has been removed: there's no concept of a dirty
relation anymore in md.c/fd.c, and we never fsync anything but WAL.
Still TODO: improve local buffer management algorithms so that it would
be reasonable to increase NLocBuffer.
2002-08-06 02:36:35 +00:00
Tom Lane
07f9682de4 Preliminary code review for anonymous-composite-types patch: fix breakage
of functions returning domain types, update documentation for typtype,
move get_typtype to lsyscache.c (actually, resurrect the old version),
add defense against creating pseudo-typed table columns, fix some
bogus list-parsing in grammar.  Issues remain with respect to alias
handling and type checking; Joe is on those.
2002-08-05 02:30:50 +00:00
Thomas G. Lockhart
e025bb7a72 Define macros for handling typmod manipulation for date/time types.
Should be more robust than all of that brute-force inline code.
Rename macros for masking and typmod manipulation to put TIMESTAMP_
 or INTERVAL_ in front of the macro name, to reduce the possibility
 of name space collisions.
2002-08-04 06:42:18 +00:00
Thomas G. Lockhart
ce5dc562e6 Allow bit string constants without fully-specified length declaration.
Implement conversion between 8-byte integers and bit strings.
 Similar to what is done for 4-byte integers.
2002-08-04 06:33:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
22c64f1834 When compiling with --enable-cassert, check for reference count leaks
in the relcache.  It's rather silly that we have reference count leak
checks in bufmgr and in catcache, but not in relcache which will normally
have many fewer entries.  Chris K-L would have caught at least one bug
in his recent DROP patch if he'd had this.
2002-08-02 22:36:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
38bb77a5d1 ALTER TABLE DROP COLUMN works. Patch by Christopher Kings-Lynne,
code review by Tom Lane.  Remaining issues: functions that take or
return tuple types are likely to break if one drops (or adds!)
a column in the table defining the type.  Need to think about what
to do here.

Along the way: some code review for recent COPY changes; mark system
columns attnotnull = true where appropriate, per discussion a month ago.
2002-08-02 18:15:10 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
23a8b77d42 Here are two patches. The guc_and_tablefunc patch addresses the two
changes mentioned above, and also adds a new function to the tablefunc
API. The tablefunc API change adds the following function:

* Oid foidGetTypeId(Oid foid) - Get a function's typeid given the
* function Oid. Use this together with TypeGetTupleDesc() to get a
* TupleDesc which is derived from the function's declared return type.

In the next post I'll send the contrib/tablefunc patch, which
illustrates the usage of this new function. Also attached is a doc patch
for this change. The doc patch also adds a function that I failed to
document previously.

Joe Conway
2002-07-30 16:20:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
ea4686e3e1 Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more
documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump
about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass
entries by hand.  Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments
and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-29 22:14:11 +00:00
Tatsuo Ishii
0345f58496 Implement DROP CONVERSION
Add regression test
2002-07-25 10:07:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
c33a6343cd Code review for SHOW output changes; fix horology expected files for
new SHOW output format.
2002-07-20 15:12:56 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1ce03603cc > 2. This patch includes the same Table Function API fixes that I
>    submitted on July 9:
>
>    http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-patches/2002-07/msg00056.php
>
>    Please disregard that one *if* this one is applied. If this one is
>    rejected please go ahead with the July 9th patch.

The July 9th Table Function API patch mentioned above is now in CVS, so
here is an updated version of the guc patch which should apply cleanly
against CVS tip.

Joe Conway
2002-07-20 05:49:28 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
97377048b4 pg_cast table, and standards-compliant CREATE/DROP CAST commands, plus
extension to create binary compatible casts.  Includes dependency tracking
as well.

pg_proc.proimplicit is now defunct, but will be removed in a separate
commit.

pg_dump provides a migration path from the previous scheme to declare
casts.  Dumping binary compatible casts is currently impossible, though.
2002-07-18 23:11:32 +00:00
Tom Lane
7c6df91dda Second phase of committing Rod Taylor's pg_depend/pg_constraint patch.
pg_relcheck is gone; CHECK, UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, and FOREIGN KEY
constraints all have real live entries in pg_constraint.  pg_depend
exists, and RESTRICT/CASCADE options work on most kinds of DROP;
however, pg_depend is not yet very well populated with dependencies.
(Most of the ones that are present at this point just replace formerly
hardwired associations, such as the implicit drop of a relation's pg_type
entry when the relation is dropped.)  Need to add more logic to create
dependency entries, improve pg_dump to dump constraints in place of
indexes and triggers, and add some regression tests.
2002-07-12 18:43:19 +00:00
Tatsuo Ishii
fcc962566a Add new CREATE CONVERSION/DROP CONVERSION command.
This is the first cut toward CREATE CONVERSION/DROP CONVERSION implementaion.
The commands can now add/remove tuples to the new pg_conversion system
catalog, but that's all. Still need work to make them actually working.
Documentations, regression tests also need work.
2002-07-11 07:39:28 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1666970275 I've fixed up the way domain constraints (not null and type length)
are managed as per request.

Moved from merging with table attributes to applying themselves during
coerce_type() and coerce_type_typmod.

Regression tests altered to test the cast() scenarios.

Rod Taylor
2002-07-06 20:16:36 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d84fe82230 Update copyright to 2002. 2002-06-20 20:29:54 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
ba790a5608 Here is a patch for Composite and Set returning function support. I made
two small changes to the API since last patch, which hopefully completes
the decoupling of composite function support from SRF specific support.

Joe Conway
2002-06-20 17:19:08 +00:00
Tom Lane
5fa77c2570 CacheMemoryContext should be DLLIMPORT. 2002-06-19 13:46:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
ecb5269404 Further tweaks to support display of sort keys in EXPLAIN --- initial
implementation didn't work for Sort nodes associated with Append plans.
2002-06-13 03:40:49 +00:00
Thomas G. Lockhart
ea01a451cc Implement SQL99 OVERLAY(). Allows substitution of a substring in a string.
Implement SQL99 SIMILAR TO as a synonym for our existing operator "~".
Implement SQL99 regular expression SUBSTRING(string FROM pat FOR escape).
 Extend the definition to make the FOR clause optional.
 Define textregexsubstr() to actually implement this feature.
Update the regression test to include these new string features.
 All tests pass.
Rename the regular expression support routines from "pg95_xxx" to "pg_xxx".
Define CREATE CHARACTER SET in the parser per SQL99. No implementation yet.
2002-06-11 15:44:38 +00:00
Jan Wieck
469cb65aca Katherine Ward wrote:
> Changes to avoid collisions with WIN32 & MFC names...
> 1.  Renamed:
>       a.  PROC => PGPROC
>       b.  GetUserName() => GetUserNameFromId()
>       c.  GetCurrentTime() => GetCurrentDateTime()
>       d.  IGNORE => IGNORE_DTF in include/utils/datetime.h & utils/adt/datetim
>
> 2.  Added _P to some lex/yacc tokens:
>       CONST, CHAR, DELETE, FLOAT, GROUP, IN, OUT

Jan
2002-06-11 13:40:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
3f4d488022 Mark index entries "killed" when they are no longer visible to any
transaction, so as to avoid returning them out of the index AM.  Saves
repeated heap_fetch operations on frequently-updated rows.  Also detect
queries on unique keys (equality to all columns of a unique index), and
don't bother continuing scan once we have found first match.

Killing is implemented in the btree and hash AMs, but not yet in rtree
or gist, because there isn't an equally convenient place to do it in
those AMs (the outer amgetnext routine can't do it without re-pinning
the index page).

Did some small cleanup on APIs of HeapTupleSatisfies, heap_fetch, and
index_insert to make this a little easier.
2002-05-24 18:57:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
6c6f395a8a Since COPY fires triggers, it seems like a good idea for it to use
a frozen (copied) snapshot too.  Move execMain's snapshot copying code
out into a subroutine in case we find other places that need it.
2002-05-21 22:59:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
959e61e917 Remove global variable scanCommandId in favor of storing a command ID
in snapshots, per my proposal of a few days ago.  Also, tweak heapam.c
routines (heap_insert, heap_update, heap_delete, heap_mark4update) to
be passed the command ID to use, instead of doing GetCurrentCommandID.
For catalog updates they'll still get passed current command ID, but
for updates generated from the main executor they'll get passed the
command ID saved in the snapshot the query is using.  This should fix
some corner cases associated with functions and triggers that advance
current command ID while an outer query is still in progress.
2002-05-21 22:05:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
dd9af92c41 Add display of sort keys to the default EXPLAIN output. 2002-05-18 21:38:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
f0811a74b3 Merge the last few variable.c configuration variables into the generic
GUC support.  It's now possible to set datestyle, timezone, and
client_encoding from postgresql.conf and per-database or per-user
settings.  Also, implement rollback of SET commands that occur in a
transaction that later fails.  Create a SET LOCAL var = value syntax
that sets the variable only for the duration of the current transaction.
All per previous discussions in pghackers.
2002-05-17 01:19:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
3389a110d4 Get rid of long-since-vestigial Iter node type, in favor of adding a
returns-set boolean field in Func and Oper nodes.  This allows cleaner,
more reliable tests for expressions returning sets in the planner and
parser.  For example, a WHERE clause returning a set is now detected
and complained of in the parser, not only at runtime.
2002-05-12 23:43:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
f9e4f611a1 First pass at set-returning-functions in FROM, by Joe Conway with
some kibitzing from Tom Lane.  Not everything works yet, and there's
no documentation or regression test, but let's commit this so Joe
doesn't need to cope with tracking changes in so many files ...
2002-05-12 20:10:05 +00:00